# DIST_HOOK_DIRS = conf html scripts ports
# HMS: Keep .gcc-warning first, as that way it gets printed first.
-BUILT_SOURCES = .gcc-warning $(srcdir)/COPYRIGHT $(srcdir)/version
-
-$(srcdir)/COPYRIGHT: $(srcdir)/html/copyright.html
- ( echo "This file is automatically generated from html/copyright.html" ; lynx -dump $(srcdir)/html/copyright.html ) > $(srcdir)/COPYRIGHT.new && mv $(srcdir)/COPYRIGHT.new $(srcdir)/COPYRIGHT
-
-# HMS: The next bit is still suboptimal. If bk is present but this NTP
-# repo is not a bk repo, we'll get an error message from the prs command.
-# Unfortunately, I haven't found the necessary magic to redirect this error
-# output to /dev/null under ancient/unique shells like the one Ultrix uses.
-# We'll also get an error if srcdir or version is unwritable.
-$(srcdir)/version: FRC.version
- -(bk version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && \
- cd $(srcdir) && \
- x=`bk -R prs -hr+ -nd:I: ChangeSet` && \
- y=`cat version 2>/dev/null` || true && \
- case "$$x" in ''|$$y) ;; *) echo $$x > version ;; esac
+BUILT_SOURCES = .gcc-warning
dist-hook:
@find $(distdir) -type d -name CVS -print | xargs rm -rf
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/bash
+
+# This "bootstrap" script performs various pre-autoreconf actions
+# that are required after pulling fresh sources from the repository.
+#
+# NOTE: THIS FILE DEFINES THE NTP VERSION NUMBER
+#
+# all other instances of it anywhere in the source base have propagated
+# from this one source.
+#
+# To use the raw sources from the repository, you must have the following
+# tools available to you:
+#
+# 1. BitKeeper. Some of our version information is based on the BitKeeper
+# "prs" command.
+#
+# 2. AutoGen. The repository does *not* contain the files generated from
+# the option definition files and it does not contain the libopts
+# tear-off/redistributable library.
+#
+# 3. gunzip. The tear-off library is a gzipped tarball.
+#
+# 4. lynx. This is used to extract the COPYRIGHT file extracted from
+# the html documentation.
+#
+# 5. bash, ksh, zsh or any POSIX compliant shell to run this script.
+#
+version=4.2.0b
+
+set -e
+
+if (bk version) >/dev/null 2>&1
+then
+ bk_ver=$(
+ test -d "${srcdir}" && cd ${srcdir}
+ bk -R prs -hr+ -nd:I: ChangeSet )
+ test -f version || touch version
+ y=$(<version)
+ case "${bk_ver}" in '' | "$y") ;; *) echo ${bk_ver} > version ;; esac
+else
+ echo ${version} > version
+ bk_ver=''
+fi
+
+( echo "This file is automatically generated from html/copyright.html"
+ lynx -dump html/copyright.html
+) > COPYRIGHT.new
+mv COPYRIGHT.new COPYRIGHT
+
+rm -rf sntp/libopts*
+gunzip -c $(autoopts-config --libsrc) | (
+ cd sntp
+ tar -xvf -
+ mv libopts-*.*.* libopts )
+mv -f sntp/libopts/libopts.m4 m4/libopts.m4
+
+prog_opt_files=$(
+ egrep -l '^prog.name' $(
+ find * -type f -name *.def|fgrep -v /SCCS/))
+
+echo "m4_define([VERSION_NUMBER],[${version}])" > version.m4
+
+echo "version = '${version}';" > include/version.def
+
+incdir=${PWD}/include
+
+for f in ${prog_opt_files}
+do
+ ( cd $(dirname ${f})
+ autogen -L${incdir} $(basename ${f}) )
+done
+
+autoreconf -f -i
--- /dev/null
+
+flag = {
+ name = debug-level;
+ value = d;
+ max = NOLIMIT;
+ nopreset;
+ descrip = "Increase output debug message level";
+ doc = <<- _EndOfDoc_
+ Increase the debugging message output level.
+ _EndOfDoc_;
+};
+
+flag = {
+ name = set-debug-level;
+ value = D;
+ max = NOLIMIT;
+ descrip = "Set the output debug message level";
+ arg-type = string;
+ flag-code = 'DESC(DEBUG_LEVEL).optOccCt = atoi( pOptDesc->pzLastArg );';
+ doc = <<- _EndOfDoc_
+ Set the output debugging level. Can be supplied multiple times,
+ but each overrides the previous value(s).
+ _EndOfDoc_;
+};
### Y2Kfixes
check_PROGRAMS = @MAKE_CHECK_Y2K@
EXTRA_PROGRAMS = check_y2k ntpdsim
+run_ag = cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L $(top_srcdir)/include
check-local: @MAKE_CHECK_Y2K@
test -z "@MAKE_CHECK_Y2K@" || ./@MAKE_CHECK_Y2K@
$(srcdir)/ntpd-opts.h: ntpd-opts.c
$(srcdir)/ntpd-opts.c: ntpd-opts.def ntpdbase-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen ntpd-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) ntpd-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntpd.1: ntpd-opts.def ntpdbase-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -Tagman1.tpl -bntpd ntpd-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Tagman1.tpl -bntpd ntpd-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntpd-opts.texi $(srcdir)/ntpd-opts.menu: ntpd-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L ${prefix}/share/autogen \
- -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntpd-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntpd-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntpdsim-opts.h: ntpdsim-opts.c
$(srcdir)/ntpdsim-opts.c: ntpdsim-opts.def ntpdbase-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen ntpdsim-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) ntpdsim-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntpdsim.1: ntpdsim-opts.def ntpdbase-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -Tagman1.tpl -bntpdsim ntpdsim-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Tagman1.tpl -bntpdsim ntpdsim-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntpdsim-opts.texi $(srcdir)/ntpdsim-opts.menu: ntpdsim-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L ${prefix}/share/autogen \
- -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntpdsim-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntpdsim-opts.def
$(PROGRAMS): $(LDADD)
};
#endif
-flag = {
- name = debug-level;
- value = d;
- max = NOLIMIT;
- descrip = "Increase output debug message level";
- doc = <<- _EndOfDoc_
- Increase the debugging message output level. Can be supplied multiple times.
- _EndOfDoc_;
-};
-
-flag = {
- name = set-debug-level;
- value = D;
- max = NOLIMIT;
- descrip = "Set the output debug message level";
- arg-type = string;
- flag-code = <<- _EOS_
- DESC(DEBUG_LEVEL).optOccCt = atoi( pOptDesc->pzLastArg );
- _EOS_;
- doc = <<- _EndOfDoc_
- Set the output debugging level. Can be supplied multiple times,
- but each overrides the previous value(s).
- _EndOfDoc_;
-};
+#include debug-opt.def
flag = {
name = driftfile;
BUILT_SOURCES+= ntpdc-opts.c ntpdc-opts.h ntpdc.1 ntpdc-opts.texi \
ntpdc-opts.menu
man_MANS= ntpdc.1
-
+run_ag= cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L $(top_srcdir)/include
$(srcdir)/ntpdc-opts.h: ntpdc-opts.c
$(srcdir)/ntpdc-opts.c: ntpdc-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen ntpdc-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) ntpdc-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntpdc.1: ntpdc-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -Tagman1.tpl -bntpdc ntpdc-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Tagman1.tpl -bntpdc ntpdc-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntpdc-opts.texi $(srcdir)/ntpdc-opts.menu: ntpdc-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L ${prefix}/share/autogen \
- -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntpdc-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntpdc-opts.def
ntpdc_SOURCES = ntpdc.c ntpdc_ops.c ntpdc-opts.c ntpdc-opts.h
_EndOfDoc_;
};
-flag = {
- name = debug-level;
- value = d;
- max = NOLIMIT;
- descrip = "Increase output debug message level";
- doc = <<- _EndOfDoc_
- Increase the debugging message output level. Can be supplied multiple times.
- _EndOfDoc_;
-};
-
-flag = {
- name = set-debug-level;
- value = D;
- max = NOLIMIT;
- descrip = "Set the output debug message level";
- arg-type = string;
- flag-code = <<- _EOS_
- DESC(DEBUG_LEVEL).optOccCt = atoi( pOptDesc->pzLastArg );
- _EOS_;
- doc = <<- _EndOfDoc_
- Set the output debugging level. Can be supplied multiple times,
- but each overrides the previous value(s).
- _EndOfDoc_;
-};
+#include debug-opt.def
flag = {
name = numeric;
EXTRA_DIST= ntpq-opts.def ntpq.1 ntpq-opts.texi ntpq-opts.menu
BUILT_SOURCES= ntpq-opts.c ntpq-opts.h ntpq.1 ntpq-opts.texi ntpq-opts.menu
man_MANS= ntpq.1
-
+run_ag= cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L $(top_srcdir)/include
ntpq_SOURCES= ntpq.c ntpq-subs.c ntpq-opts.c ntpq-opts.h
$(srcdir)/ntpq-opts.h: ntpq-opts.c
$(srcdir)/ntpq-opts.c: ntpq-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen ntpq-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) ntpq-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntpq.1: ntpq-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -Tagman1.tpl -bntpq ntpq-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Tagman1.tpl -bntpq ntpq-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntpq-opts.texi $(srcdir)/ntpq-opts.menu: ntpq-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L ${prefix}/share/autogen \
- -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntpq-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntpq-opts.def
$(PROGRAMS): $(LDADD)
bindir= ${exec_prefix}/${BINSUBDIR}
bin_PROGRAMS = sntp
+run_ag= cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L $(top_srcdir)/include
SUBDIRS=
if NEED_LIBOPTS
$(srcdir)/sntp-opts.h: sntp-opts.c
$(srcdir)/sntp-opts.c: sntp-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen sntp-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) sntp-opts.def
$(srcdir)/sntp.1: sntp-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -Tagman1.tpl -bsntp sntp-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Tagman1.tpl -bsntp sntp-opts.def
$(srcdir)/sntp-opts.texi $(srcdir)/sntp-opts.menu: sntp-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L ${prefix}/share/autogen \
- -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section sntp-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section sntp-opts.def
include ../bincheck.mf
+++ /dev/null
- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2.1, February 1999
-
- Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
- as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
- the version number 2.1.]
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
- This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
-Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
-can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
-this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
-strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
-not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
-you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
-for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
-it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
-it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
-these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
-rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
-you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
-with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
- We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
-library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
- To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
-there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
-modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
-that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
-author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
-introduced by others.
-
- Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
-any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
-effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
-restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
-any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
-consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
-
- Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
-ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
-is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
-this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
-libraries into non-free programs.
-
- When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
-a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
-combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
-General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
-entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
-Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
-the library.
-
- We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
-does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
-Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
-of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
-are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
-libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
-special circumstances.
-
- For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
-encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
-a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
-allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
-library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
-case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
-software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
-
- In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
-programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
-free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
-non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
-operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
-system.
-
- Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
-users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
-linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
-that program using a modified version of the Library.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
-"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
-former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
-be combined with the library in order to run.
-
- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
-program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
-other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
-this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
-Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
- A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
- The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
-Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term "modification".)
-
- "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
- Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
- You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
- b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
- charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
- d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
- table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
- the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
- is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
- in the event an application does not supply such function or
- table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
- its purpose remains meaningful.
-
- (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
- a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
- application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
- application-supplied function or table used by this function must
- be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
- root function must still compute square roots.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-
- Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
- This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
- 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
- If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
- However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
-library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
- When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
- If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
- Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-
- 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
-link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
- You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
- a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
- machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
- changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
- Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
- with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
- uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
- user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
- executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
- that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
- Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
- to use the modified definitions.)
-
- b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
- Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
- copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
- rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
- will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
- the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
- interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
-
- c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
- least three years, to give the same user the materials
- specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
- than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
- d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
- from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
- specified materials from the same place.
-
- e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
- materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-
- For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
-Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
-the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
-normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
-the executable.
-
- It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-
- 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
- a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
- based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
- facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
- Sections above.
-
- b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
- that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
- where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
- 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
- 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
-this License.
-
- 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
- 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-
- 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
- If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
-ordinary General Public License).
-
- To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
-safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
- library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-That's all there is to it!
+++ /dev/null
-Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
- 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-
- 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
- copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
- disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
- with the distribution.
-
- 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
- products derived from this software without specific prior
- written permission.
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
-INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
-(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
-HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
-STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
-IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+++ /dev/null
-## LIBOPTS Makefile
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = Makefile.in
-lib_LTLIBRARIES = libopts.la
-libopts_la_SOURCES = libopts.c
-libopts_la_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)
-libopts_la_LDFLAGS = -version-info 26:0:1
-EXTRA_DIST = \
- COPYING.lgpl COPYING.mbsd MakeDefs.inc \
- README autoopts/options.h autoopts/usage-txt.h \
- autoopts.c autoopts.h boolean.c \
- compat/pathfind.c compat/compat.h configfile.c \
- cook.c enumeration.c environment.c \
- genshell.c genshell.h libopts.m4 \
- load.c makeshell.c nested.c \
- numeric.c pgusage.c proto.h \
- putshell.c restore.c save.c \
- sort.c stack.c streqvcmp.c \
- text_mmap.c tokenize.c usage.c \
- version.c
+++ /dev/null
- THIS TARBALL IS NOT A FULL DISTRIBUTION.
-
-The contents of this tarball is designed to be incorporated into
-software packages that utilize the AutoOpts option automation
-package and are intended to be installed on systems that may not
-have libopts installed.
-
-Usage Instructions for autoconf/automake/libtoolized projects:
-
-1. Install the unrolled tarball into your package source tree,
- copying ``libopts.m4'' to your autoconf macro directory.
-
- In your bootstrap (pre-configure) script, you can do this:
-
- rm -rf libopts libopts-*
- gunzip -c `autoopts-config libsrc` | tar -xvf -
- mv -f libopts-*.*.* libopts
- cp -fp libopts/libopts.m4 config/.
-
- I tend to put my configure auxiliary files in "config".
- Whatever directory you choose, if it is not ".", then
- be sure to tell autoconf about it with:
-
- AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config)
-
- This is one macro where you *MUST* remember to *NOT* quote
- the argument. If you do, automake will get lost.
-
-2. Add the following to your ``configure.ac'' file:
-
- LIBOPTS_CHECK
-
- or:
-
- LIBOPTS_CHECK([relative/path/to/libopts])
-
- This macro will automatically invoke
-
- AC_CONFIG_FILES( [relative/path/to/libopts/Makefile] )
-
- The default ``relative/path/to/libopts'' is simply
- ``libopts''.
-
-3. Add the following to your top level ``Makefile.am'' file:
-
- if NEED_LIBOPTS
- SUBDIRS += $(LIBOPTS_DIR)
- endif
-
- where ``<...>'' can be whatever other files or directories
- you may need. The SUBDIRS must be properly ordered.
- *PLEASE NOTE* it is crucial that the SUBDIRS be set under the
- control of an automake conditional. To work correctly,
- automake has to know the range of possible values of SUBDIRS.
- It's a magical name with magical properties. ``NEED_LIBOPTS''
- will be correctly set by the ``LIBOPTS_CHECK'' macro, above.
-
-4. Add ``$(LIBOPTS_CFLAGS)'' to relevant compiler flags and
- ``$(LIBOPTS_LDADD)'' to relevant link options whereever
- you need them in your build tree.
-
-5. Make sure your object files explicitly depend upon the
- generated options header file. e.g.:
-
- $(prog_OBJECTS) : prog-opts.h
- prog-opts.h : prog-opts.c
- prog-opts.c : prog-opts.def
- autogen prog-opts.def
-
-6. *OPTIONAL* --
- If you are creating man pages and texi documentation from
- the program options, you will need these rules somewhere, too:
-
- man_MANS = prog.1
- prog.1 : prog-opts.def
- autogen -Tagman1.tpl -bprog prog-opts.def
-
- prog-invoke.texi : prog-opts.def
- autogen -Taginfo.tpl -bprog-invoke prog-opts.def
-
-If your package does not utilize the auto* tools, then you
-will need to hand craft the rules for building the library.
-
-LICENSING:
-
-This material is copyright 1993-2005 by Bruce Korb.
-You are licensed to use this under the terms of either
-the GNU Lesser General Public License (see: COPYING.lgpl), or,
-at your option, the modified Berkeley Software Distribution
-License (see: COPYING.mbsd). Both of these files should be
-included with this tarball.
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: autoopts.c,v 4.8 2005/02/13 01:47:59 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-09-18 11:48:37 bkorb"
- *
- * This file contains all of the routines that must be linked into
- * an executable to use the generated option processing. The optional
- * routines are in separately compiled modules so that they will not
- * necessarily be linked in.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PATHFIND
-# include "compat/pathfind.c"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_SNPRINTF
-# include "compat/snprintf.c"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRDUP
-# include "compat/strdup.c"
-#endif
-
-static const char zNil[] = "";
-
-#define SKIP_RC_FILES(po) \
- DISABLED_OPT(&((po)->pOptDesc[ (po)->specOptIdx.save_opts+1]))
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static tSuccess
-findOptDesc( tOptions* pOpts, tOptState* pOptState );
-
-static tSuccess
-nextOption( tOptions* pOpts, tOptState* pOptState );
-
-static tSuccess
-doPresets( tOptions* pOpts );
-
-static int
-checkConsistency( tOptions* pOpts );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/*
- * handleOption
- *
- * This routine handles equivalencing, sets the option state flags and
- * invokes the handler procedure, if any.
- */
-LOCAL tSuccess
-handleOption( tOptions* pOpts, tOptState* pOptState )
-{
- /*
- * Save a copy of the option procedure pointer.
- * If this is an equivalence class option, we still want this proc.
- */
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOptState->pOD;
- tOptProc* pOP = pOD->pOptProc;
-
- pOD->pzLastArg = pOptState->pzOptArg;
-
- /*
- * IF we are presetting options, then we will ignore any un-presettable
- * options. They are the ones either marked as such.
- */
- if ( ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_PRESETTING) != 0)
- && ((pOD->fOptState & OPTST_NO_INIT) != 0)
- )
- return PROBLEM;
-
- /*
- * IF this is an equivalence class option,
- * THEN
- * Save the option value that got us to this option
- * entry. (It may not be pOD->optChar[0], if this is an
- * equivalence entry.)
- * set the pointer to the equivalence class base
- */
- if (pOD->optEquivIndex != NO_EQUIVALENT) {
- tOptDesc* p = pOpts->pOptDesc + pOD->optEquivIndex;
-
- /*
- * IF the current option state has not been defined (set on the
- * command line), THEN we will allow continued resetting of
- * the value. Once "defined", then it must not change.
- */
- if ((pOD->fOptState & OPTST_DEFINED) != 0) {
- /*
- * The equivalenced-to option has been found on the command
- * line before. Make sure new occurrences are the same type.
- *
- * IF this option has been previously equivalenced and
- * it was not the same equivalenced-to option,
- * THEN we have a usage problem.
- */
- if (p->optActualIndex != pOD->optIndex) {
- fprintf( stderr, (char*)zMultiEquiv, p->pz_Name, pOD->pz_Name,
- (pOpts->pOptDesc + p->optActualIndex)->pz_Name);
- return FAILURE;
- }
- } else {
- /*
- * Set the equivalenced-to actual option index to no-equivalent
- * so that we set all the entries below. This option may either
- * never have been selected before, or else it was selected by
- * some sort of "presetting" mechanism.
- */
- p->optActualIndex = NO_EQUIVALENT;
- }
-
- if (p->optActualIndex != pOD->optIndex) {
- /*
- * First time through, copy over the state
- * and add in the equivalence flag
- */
- p->optActualValue = pOD->optValue;
- p->optActualIndex = pOD->optIndex;
- pOptState->flags |= OPTST_EQUIVALENCE;
- }
-
- /*
- * Copy the most recent option argument. set membership state
- * is kept in ``p->optCookie''. Do not overwrite.
- */
- p->pzLastArg = pOD->pzLastArg;
- pOD = p;
-
- } else {
- pOD->optActualValue = pOD->optValue;
- pOD->optActualIndex = pOD->optIndex;
- }
-
- pOD->fOptState &= OPTST_PERSISTENT;
- pOD->fOptState |= (pOptState->flags & ~OPTST_PERSISTENT);
-
- /*
- * Keep track of count only for DEFINED (command line) options.
- * IF we have too many, build up an error message and bail.
- */
- if ( (pOD->fOptState & OPTST_DEFINED)
- && (++pOD->optOccCt > pOD->optMaxCt) ) {
- const char* pzEqv =
- (pOD->optEquivIndex != NO_EQUIVALENT) ? zEquiv : zNil;
-
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ERRSTOP) != 0) {
- const char* pzFmt = (pOD->optMaxCt > 1) ? zAtMost : zOnlyOne;
- fputs( zErrOnly, stderr );
- fprintf( stderr, pzFmt, pOD->pz_Name, pzEqv,
- pOD->optMaxCt );
- }
-
- return FAILURE;
- }
-
- /*
- * If provided a procedure to call, call it
- */
- if (pOP != (tpOptProc)NULL)
- (*pOP)( pOpts, pOD );
-
- return SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * HUNT FOR OPTIONS IN THE ARGUMENT LIST
- *
- * The next four procedures are "private" to nextOption().
- * nextOption() uses findOptDesc() to find the next descriptor and it, in
- * turn, uses longOptionFind() and shortOptionFind() to actually do the hunt.
- *
- * longOptionFind
- *
- * Find the long option descriptor for the current option
- */
-LOCAL tSuccess
-longOptionFind( tOptions* pOpts, char* pzOptName, tOptState* pOptState )
-{
- ag_bool disable = AG_FALSE;
- char* pzEq = strchr( pzOptName, '=' );
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int idx = 0;
- int idxLim = pOpts->optCt;
- int matchCt = 0;
- int matchIdx = 0;
- int nameLen;
-
- /*
- * IF the value is attached to the name,
- * THEN clip it off.
- * Either way, figure out how long our name is
- */
- if (pzEq != NULL) {
- nameLen = (int)(pzEq - pzOptName);
- *pzEq = NUL;
- } else nameLen = strlen( pzOptName );
-
- do {
- if (SKIP_OPT(pOD))
- continue;
-
- if (strneqvcmp( pzOptName, pOD->pz_Name, nameLen ) == 0) {
- /*
- * IF we have a complete match
- * THEN it takes priority over any already located partial
- */
- if (pOD->pz_Name[ nameLen ] == NUL) {
- matchCt = 1;
- matchIdx = idx;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * IF there is a disable name
- * *AND* no argument value has been supplied
- * (disabled options may have no argument)
- * *AND* the option name matches the disable name
- * THEN ...
- */
- else if ( (pOD->pz_DisableName != NULL)
- && (strneqvcmp(pzOptName, pOD->pz_DisableName, nameLen) == 0)
- ) {
- disable = AG_TRUE;
-
- /*
- * IF we have a complete match
- * THEN it takes priority over any already located partial
- */
- if (pOD->pz_DisableName[ nameLen ] == NUL) {
- matchCt = 1;
- matchIdx = idx;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- else
- continue;
-
- /*
- * We found a partial match, either regular or disabling.
- * Remember the index for later.
- */
- matchIdx = idx;
-
- if (++matchCt > 1)
- break;
-
- } while (pOD++, (++idx < idxLim));
-
- if (pzEq != NULL)
- *(pzEq++) = '=';
-
- /*
- * Make sure we either found an exact match or found only one partial
- */
- if (matchCt == 1) {
- /*
- * IF we found a disablement name,
- * THEN set the bit in the callers' flag word
- */
- if (disable)
- pOptState->flags |= OPTST_DISABLED;
-
- pOptState->pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc + matchIdx;
- pOptState->pzOptArg = pzEq;
- pOptState->optType = TOPT_LONG;
- return SUCCESS;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF there is no equal sign
- * *AND* we are using named arguments
- * *AND* there is a default named option,
- * THEN return that option.
- */
- if ( (pzEq == NULL)
- && NAMED_OPTS(pOpts)
- && (pOpts->specOptIdx.default_opt != NO_EQUIVALENT)) {
- pOptState->pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc + pOpts->specOptIdx.default_opt;
-
- pOptState->pzOptArg = pzOptName;
- pOptState->optType = TOPT_DEFAULT;
- return SUCCESS;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF we are to stop on errors (the default, actually)
- * THEN call the usage procedure.
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ERRSTOP) != 0) {
- fprintf( stderr, zIllOptStr, pOpts->pzProgPath,
- (matchCt == 0) ? zIllegal : zAmbiguous, pzOptName );
- (*pOpts->pUsageProc)( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- return FAILURE;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * shortOptionFind
- *
- * Find the short option descriptor for the current option
- */
-LOCAL tSuccess
-shortOptionFind( tOptions* pOpts, tUC optValue, tOptState* pOptState )
-{
- tOptDesc* pRes = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int ct = pOpts->optCt;
-
- /*
- * Search the option list
- */
- for (;;) {
- /*
- * IF the values match,
- * THEN we stop here
- */
- if ((! SKIP_OPT(pRes)) && (optValue == pRes->optValue)) {
- pOptState->pOD = pRes;
- pOptState->optType = TOPT_SHORT;
- return SUCCESS;
- }
-
- /*
- * Advance to next option description
- */
- pRes++;
-
- /*
- * IF we have searched everything, ...
- */
- if (--ct <= 0)
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF the character value is a digit
- * AND there is a special number option ("-n")
- * THEN the result is the "option" itself and the
- * option is the specially marked "number" option.
- */
- if ( isdigit( optValue )
- && (pOpts->specOptIdx.number_option != NO_EQUIVALENT) ) {
- pOptState->pOD = \
- pRes = pOpts->pOptDesc + pOpts->specOptIdx.number_option;
- (pOpts->pzCurOpt)--;
- pOptState->optType = TOPT_SHORT;
- return SUCCESS;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF we are to stop on errors (the default, actually)
- * THEN call the usage procedure.
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ERRSTOP) != 0) {
- fprintf( stderr, zIllOptChr, pOpts->pzProgPath, optValue );
- (*pOpts->pUsageProc)( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- return FAILURE;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * findOptDesc
- *
- * Find the option descriptor for the current option
- */
-static tSuccess
-findOptDesc( tOptions* pOpts, tOptState* pOptState )
-{
- /*
- * IF we are continuing a short option list (e.g. -xyz...)
- * THEN continue a single flag option.
- * OTHERWISE see if there is room to advance and then do so.
- */
- if ((pOpts->pzCurOpt != NULL) && (*pOpts->pzCurOpt != NUL))
- return shortOptionFind( pOpts, *pOpts->pzCurOpt, pOptState );
-
- if (pOpts->curOptIdx >= pOpts->origArgCt)
- return PROBLEM; /* NORMAL COMPLETION */
-
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = pOpts->origArgVect[ pOpts->curOptIdx ];
-
- /*
- * IF all arguments must be named options, ...
- */
- if (NAMED_OPTS(pOpts)) {
- char* pz = pOpts->pzCurOpt;
- pOpts->curOptIdx++;
-
- /*
- * Skip over any flag/option markers.
- * In this mode, they are not required.
- */
- while (*pz == '-') pz++;
-
- return longOptionFind( pOpts, pz, pOptState );
- }
-
- /*
- * Note the kind of flag/option marker
- */
- if (*((pOpts->pzCurOpt)++) != '-')
- return PROBLEM; /* NORMAL COMPLETION - this + rest are operands */
-
- /*
- * Special hack for a hyphen by itself
- */
- if (*(pOpts->pzCurOpt) == NUL)
- return PROBLEM; /* NORMAL COMPLETION - this + rest are operands */
-
- /*
- * The current argument is to be processed as an option argument
- */
- pOpts->curOptIdx++;
-
- /*
- * We have an option marker.
- * Test the next character for long option indication
- */
- if (pOpts->pzCurOpt[0] == '-') {
- if (*++(pOpts->pzCurOpt) == NUL)
- /*
- * NORMAL COMPLETION - NOT this arg, but rest are operands
- */
- return PROBLEM;
-
- /*
- * We do not allow the hyphen to be used as a flag value.
- * Therefore, if long options are not to be accepted, we punt.
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_LONGOPT) == 0) {
- fprintf( stderr, zIllOptStr, pOpts->pzProgPath,
- zIllegal, pOpts->pzCurOpt-2 );
- return FAILURE;
- }
-
- return longOptionFind( pOpts, pOpts->pzCurOpt, pOptState );
- }
-
- /*
- * If short options are not allowed, then do long
- * option processing. Otherwise the character must be a
- * short (i.e. single character) option.
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_SHORTOPT) != 0)
- return shortOptionFind( pOpts, *pOpts->pzCurOpt, pOptState );
-
- return longOptionFind( pOpts, pOpts->pzCurOpt, pOptState );
-}
-
-
-/*
- * nextOption
- *
- * Find the option descriptor and option argument (if any) for the
- * next command line argument. DO NOT modify the descriptor. Put
- * all the state in the state argument so that the option can be skipped
- * without consequence (side effect).
- */
-static tSuccess
-nextOption( tOptions* pOpts, tOptState* pOptState )
-{
- tSuccess res;
- enum { ARG_NONE, ARG_MAY, ARG_MUST } arg_type = ARG_NONE;
-
- res = findOptDesc( pOpts, pOptState );
- if (! SUCCESSFUL( res ))
- return res;
- pOptState->flags |= (pOptState->pOD->fOptState & OPTST_PERSISTENT);
-
- /*
- * Figure out what to do about option arguments. An argument may be
- * required, not associated with the option, or be optional. We detect the
- * latter by examining for an option marker on the next possible argument.
- * Disabled mode option selection also disables option arguments.
- */
- if ((pOptState->flags & OPTST_DISABLED) != 0)
- arg_type = ARG_NONE;
- else if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOptState->flags) == OPARG_TYPE_NONE)
- arg_type = ARG_NONE;
- else if (pOptState->flags & OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL)
- arg_type = ARG_MAY;
- else
- arg_type = ARG_MUST;
-
- switch (arg_type) {
- case ARG_MUST:
- /*
- * An option argument is required. Long options can either have
- * a separate command line argument, or an argument attached by
- * the '=' character. Figure out which.
- */
- switch (pOptState->optType) {
- case TOPT_SHORT:
- /*
- * See if an arg string follows the flag character
- */
- if (*++(pOpts->pzCurOpt) == NUL)
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = pOpts->origArgVect[ pOpts->curOptIdx++ ];
- pOptState->pzOptArg = pOpts->pzCurOpt;
- break;
-
- case TOPT_LONG:
- /*
- * See if an arg string has already been assigned (glued on
- * with an `=' character)
- */
- if (pOptState->pzOptArg == NULL)
- pOptState->pzOptArg = pOpts->origArgVect[ pOpts->curOptIdx++ ];
- break;
-
- default:
-#ifdef DEBUG
- fputs( "AutoOpts lib error: option type not selected\n",
- stderr );
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-#endif
-
- case TOPT_DEFAULT:
- /*
- * The option was selected by default. The current token is
- * the option argument.
- */
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * Make sure we did not overflow the argument list.
- */
- if (pOpts->curOptIdx > pOpts->origArgCt) {
- fprintf( stderr, zMisArg, pOpts->pzProgPath,
- pOptState->pOD->pz_Name );
- return FAILURE;
- }
-
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = NULL; /* next time advance to next arg */
- break;
-
- case ARG_MAY:
- /*
- * An option argument is optional.
- */
- switch (pOptState->optType) {
- case TOPT_SHORT:
- if (*++pOpts->pzCurOpt != NUL)
- pOptState->pzOptArg = pOpts->pzCurOpt;
- else {
- char* pzLA = pOpts->origArgVect[ pOpts->curOptIdx ];
-
- /*
- * BECAUSE it is optional, we must make sure
- * we did not find another flag and that there
- * is such an argument.
- */
- if ((pzLA == NULL) || (*pzLA == '-'))
- pOptState->pzOptArg = NULL;
- else {
- pOpts->curOptIdx++; /* argument found */
- pOptState->pzOptArg = pzLA;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case TOPT_LONG:
- /*
- * Look for an argument if we don't already have one (glued on
- * with a `=' character) *AND* we are not in named argument mode
- */
- if ( (pOptState->pzOptArg == NULL)
- && (! NAMED_OPTS(pOpts))) {
- char* pzLA = pOpts->origArgVect[ pOpts->curOptIdx ];
-
- /*
- * BECAUSE it is optional, we must make sure
- * we did not find another flag and that there
- * is such an argument.
- */
- if ((pzLA == NULL) || (*pzLA == '-'))
- pOptState->pzOptArg = NULL;
- else {
- pOpts->curOptIdx++; /* argument found */
- pOptState->pzOptArg = pzLA;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- case TOPT_DEFAULT:
- fputs( "AutoOpts lib error: defaulted to option with optional arg\n",
- stderr );
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- /*
- * After an option with an optional argument, we will
- * *always* start with the next option because if there
- * were any characters following the option name/flag,
- * they would be interpreted as the argument.
- */
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = NULL;
- break;
-
- default: /* CANNOT */
- /*
- * No option argument. Make sure next time around we find
- * the correct option flag character for short options
- */
- if (pOptState->optType == TOPT_SHORT)
- (pOpts->pzCurOpt)++;
-
- /*
- * It is a long option. Make sure there was no ``=xxx'' argument
- */
- else if (pOptState->pzOptArg != NULL) {
- fprintf( stderr, zNoArg, pOpts->pzProgPath,
- pOptState->pOD->pz_Name );
- return FAILURE;
- }
-
- /*
- * It is a long option. Advance to next command line argument.
- */
- else
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = NULL;
- }
-
- return SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * DO PRESETS
- *
- * The next several routines do the immediate action pass on the command
- * line options, then the environment variables, then the config files in
- * reverse order. Once done with that, the order is reversed and all
- * the config files and environment variables are processed again, this
- * time only processing the non-immediate action options. doPresets()
- * will then return for optionProcess() to do the final pass on the command
- * line arguments.
- */
-
-/*
- * doImmediateOpts - scan the command line for immediate action options
- */
-LOCAL tSuccess
-doImmediateOpts( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- pOpts->curOptIdx = 1; /* start by skipping program name */
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = NULL;
-
- /*
- * Examine all the options from the start. We process any options that
- * are marked for immediate processing.
- */
- for (;;) {
- tOptState optState = OPTSTATE_INITIALIZER(PRESET);
-
- switch (nextOption( pOpts, &optState )) {
- case FAILURE: goto optionsDone;
- case PROBLEM: return SUCCESS; /* no more args */
- case SUCCESS: break;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF this *is* an immediate-attribute option, then do it.
- */
- if (! DO_IMMEDIATELY(optState.flags))
- continue;
-
- if (! SUCCESSFUL( handleOption( pOpts, &optState )))
- break;
- } optionsDone:;
-
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ERRSTOP) != 0)
- (*pOpts->pUsageProc)( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- return FAILURE;
-}
-
-
-LOCAL tSuccess
-doRegularOpts( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- /*
- * Now, process all the options from our current position onward.
- * (This allows interspersed options and arguments for the few
- * non-standard programs that require it.)
- */
- for (;;) {
- tOptState optState = OPTSTATE_INITIALIZER(DEFINED);
-
- switch (nextOption( pOpts, &optState )) {
- case FAILURE: goto optionsDone;
- case PROBLEM: return SUCCESS; /* no more args */
- case SUCCESS: break;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF this is not being processed normally (i.e. is immediate action)
- * THEN skip it (unless we are supposed to do it a second time).
- */
- if (! DO_NORMALLY(optState.flags)) {
- if (! DO_SECOND_TIME(optState.flags))
- continue;
- optState.pOD->optOccCt--; /* don't count last time */
- }
-
- if (! SUCCESSFUL( handleOption( pOpts, &optState )))
- break;
- } optionsDone:;
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ERRSTOP) != 0)
- (*pOpts->pUsageProc)( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- return FAILURE;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * doPresets - check for preset values from a config file or the envrionment
- */
-static tSuccess
-doPresets( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- if (! SUCCESSFUL( doImmediateOpts( pOpts )))
- return FAILURE;
-
- /*
- * Until we return from this procedure, disable non-presettable opts
- */
- pOpts->fOptSet |= OPTPROC_PRESETTING;
- /*
- * IF there are no config files,
- * THEN do any environment presets and leave.
- */
- if ( (pOpts->papzHomeList == NULL)
- || SKIP_RC_FILES(pOpts) ) {
- doEnvPresets( pOpts, ENV_ALL );
- }
- else {
- doEnvPresets( pOpts, ENV_IMM );
- internalFileLoad( pOpts );
- doEnvPresets( pOpts, ENV_NON_IMM );
- }
- pOpts->fOptSet &= ~OPTPROC_PRESETTING;
-
- return SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * VERIFY OPTION CONSISTENCY
- *
- * Make sure that the argument list passes our consistency tests.
- */
-static int
-checkConsistency( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- int errCt = 0;
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int oCt = pOpts->presetOptCt;
-
- /*
- * FOR each of "oCt" options, ...
- */
- for (;;) {
- const int* pMust = pOD->pOptMust;
- const int* pCant = pOD->pOptCant;
-
- /*
- * IF the current option was provided on the command line
- * THEN ensure that any "MUST" requirements are not
- * "DEFAULT" (unspecified) *AND* ensure that any
- * "CANT" options have not been SET or DEFINED.
- */
- if (SELECTED_OPT(pOD)) {
- if (pMust != NULL) for (;;) {
- tOptDesc* p = pOpts->pOptDesc + *(pMust++);
- if (UNUSED_OPT(p)) {
- const tOptDesc* pN = pOpts->pOptDesc + pMust[-1];
- errCt++;
- fprintf( stderr, zReqFmt, pOD->pz_Name, pN->pz_Name );
- }
-
- if (*pMust == NO_EQUIVALENT)
- break;
- }
-
- if (pCant != NULL) for (;;) {
- tOptDesc* p = pOpts->pOptDesc + *(pCant++);
- if (SELECTED_OPT(p)) {
- const tOptDesc* pN = pOpts->pOptDesc + pCant[-1];
- errCt++;
- fprintf( stderr, zCantFmt, pOD->pz_Name, pN->pz_Name );
- }
-
- if (*pCant == NO_EQUIVALENT)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * IF this option is not equivalenced to another,
- * OR it is equivalenced to itself (is the equiv. root)
- * THEN we need to make sure it occurs often enough.
- */
- if ( (pOD->optEquivIndex == NO_EQUIVALENT)
- || (pOD->optEquivIndex == pOD->optIndex) ) do {
- /*
- * IF the occurrence counts have been satisfied,
- * THEN there is no problem.
- */
- if (pOD->optOccCt >= pOD->optMinCt)
- break;
-
- /*
- * IF MUST_SET means SET and PRESET are okay,
- * so min occurrence count doesn't count
- */
- if ( (pOD->fOptState & OPTST_MUST_SET)
- && (pOD->fOptState & (OPTST_PRESET | OPTST_SET)) )
- break;
-
- errCt++;
- if (pOD->optMinCt > 1)
- fprintf( stderr, zNotEnough, pOD->pz_Name, pOD->optMinCt );
- else fprintf( stderr, zNeedOne, pOD->pz_Name );
- } while (0);
-
- if (--oCt <= 0)
- break;
- pOD++;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF we are stopping on errors, check to see if any remaining
- * arguments are required to be there or prohibited from being there.
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ERRSTOP) != 0) {
-
- /*
- * Check for prohibition
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_NO_ARGS) != 0) {
- if (pOpts->origArgCt > pOpts->curOptIdx) {
- fprintf( stderr, zNoArgs, pOpts->pzProgName );
- ++errCt;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * ELSE not prohibited, check for being required
- */
- else if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ARGS_REQ) != 0) {
- if (pOpts->origArgCt <= pOpts->curOptIdx) {
- fprintf( stderr, zArgsMust, pOpts->pzProgName );
- ++errCt;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return errCt;
-}
-
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * THESE ROUTINES ARE CALLABLE FROM THE GENERATED OPTION PROCESSING CODE
- */
-/*=--subblock=arg=arg_type,arg_name,arg_desc =*/
-/*=*
- * library: opts
- * header: your-opts.h
- *
- * lib_description:
- *
- * These are the routines that libopts users may call directly from their
- * code. There are several other routines that can be called by code
- * generated by the libopts option templates, but they are not to be
- * called from any other user code. The @file{options.h} header is
- * fairly clear about this, too.
-=*/
-
-/*=export_func optionProcess
- *
- * what: this is the main option processing routine
- *
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + int + argc + program arg count +
- * arg: + char** + argv + program arg vector +
- *
- * ret_type: int
- * ret_desc: the count of the arguments processed
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * This is the main entry point for processing options. It is intended
- * that this procedure be called once at the beginning of the execution of
- * a program. Depending on options selected earlier, it is sometimes
- * necessary to stop and restart option processing, or to select completely
- * different sets of options. This can be done easily, but you generally
- * do not want to do this.
- *
- * The number of arguments processed always includes the program name.
- * If one of the arguments is "--", then it is counted and the processing
- * stops. If an error was encountered and errors are to be tolerated, then
- * the returned value is the index of the argument causing the error.
- * A hyphen by itself ("-") will also cause processing to stop and will
- * @emph{not} be counted among the processed arguments. A hyphen by itself
- * is treated as an operand. Encountering an operand stops option
- * processing.
- *
- * err: Errors will cause diagnostics to be printed. @code{exit(3)} may
- * or may not be called. It depends upon whether or not the options
- * were generated with the "allow-errors" attribute, or if the
- * ERRSKIP_OPTERR or ERRSTOP_OPTERR macros were invoked.
-=*/
-int
-optionProcess(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- int argCt,
- char** argVect )
-{
- if (! SUCCESSFUL( validateOptionsStruct( pOpts, argVect[0] )))
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-
- /*
- * Establish the real program name, the program full path,
- * and do all the presetting the first time thru only.
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_INITDONE) == 0) {
- pOpts->origArgCt = argCt;
- pOpts->origArgVect = argVect;
- pOpts->fOptSet |= OPTPROC_INITDONE;
-
- if (! SUCCESSFUL( doPresets( pOpts )))
- return 0;
-
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_REORDER) != 0)
- optionSort( pOpts );
-
- pOpts->curOptIdx = 1;
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = NULL;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF we are (re)starting,
- * THEN reset option location
- */
- else if (pOpts->curOptIdx <= 0) {
- pOpts->curOptIdx = 1;
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = NULL;
- }
-
- if (! SUCCESSFUL( doRegularOpts( pOpts )))
- return pOpts->origArgCt;
-
- /*
- * IF there were no errors
- * AND we have RC/INI files
- * AND there is a request to save the files
- * THEN do that now before testing for conflicts.
- * (conflicts are ignored in preset options)
- */
- if (pOpts->specOptIdx.save_opts != 0) {
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc + pOpts->specOptIdx.save_opts;
-
- if (SELECTED_OPT( pOD )) {
- optionSaveFile( pOpts );
- exit( EXIT_SUCCESS );
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * IF we are checking for errors,
- * THEN look for too few occurrences of required options
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ERRSTOP) != 0) {
- if (checkConsistency( pOpts ) != 0)
- (*pOpts->pUsageProc)( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- return pOpts->curOptIdx;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/autoopts.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * Time-stamp: "2005-09-20 19:32:35 bkorb"
- *
- * autoopts.h $Id: autoopts.h,v 4.7 2005/02/13 01:48:00 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-14 05:59:50 bkorb"
- *
- * This file defines all the global structures and special values
- * used in the automated option processing library.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-#ifndef AUTOGEN_AUTOOPTS_H
-#define AUTOGEN_AUTOOPTS_H
-
-#include "compat/compat.h"
-
-#define AO_NAME_LIMIT 127
-#define AO_NAME_SIZE (AO_NAME_LIMIT + 1)
-
-#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
-# ifdef PATH_MAX
-# define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX
-# else
-# define MAXPATHLEN 4096
-# endif
-#else
-# if defined(PATH_MAX) && (PATH_MAX > MAXPATHLEN)
-# undef MAXPATHLEN
-# define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#undef EXPORT
-#define EXPORT
-
-/*
- * Convert the number to a list usable in a printf call
- */
-#define NUM_TO_VER(n) ((n) >> 12), ((n) >> 7) & 0x001F, (n) & 0x007F
-
-#define NAMED_OPTS(po) \
- (((po)->fOptSet & (OPTPROC_SHORTOPT | OPTPROC_LONGOPT)) == 0)
-
-#define SKIP_OPT(p) (((p)->fOptState & (OPTST_DOCUMENT|OPTST_OMITTED)) != 0)
-
-typedef int tDirection;
-#define DIRECTION_PRESET -1
-#define DIRECTION_PROCESS 1
-#define DIRECTION_CALLED 0
-
-#define PROCESSING(d) ((d)>0)
-#define PRESETTING(d) ((d)<0)
-
-#define ISNAMECHAR( c ) (isalnum(c) || ((c) == '_') || ((c) == '-'))
-
-/*
- * Procedure success codes
- *
- * USAGE: define procedures to return "tSuccess". Test their results
- * with the SUCCEEDED, FAILED and HADGLITCH macros.
- */
-#define SUCCESS ((tSuccess) 0)
-#define FAILURE ((tSuccess)-1)
-#define PROBLEM ((tSuccess) 1)
-
-typedef int tSuccess;
-
-#define SUCCEEDED( p ) ((p) == SUCCESS)
-#define SUCCESSFUL( p ) SUCCEEDED( p )
-#define FAILED( p ) ((p) < SUCCESS)
-#define HADGLITCH( p ) ((p) > SUCCESS)
-
-/*
- * The pager state is used by optionPagedUsage() procedure.
- * When it runs, it sets itself up to be called again on exit.
- * If, however, a routine needs a child process to do some work
- * before it is done, then 'pagerState' must be set to
- * 'PAGER_STATE_CHILD' so that optionPagedUsage() will not try
- * to run the pager program before its time.
- */
-typedef enum {
- PAGER_STATE_INITIAL,
- PAGER_STATE_READY,
- PAGER_STATE_CHILD
-} tePagerState;
-
-extern tePagerState pagerState;
-
-typedef enum {
- ENV_ALL,
- ENV_IMM,
- ENV_NON_IMM
-} teEnvPresetType;
-
-typedef enum {
- TOPT_UNDEFINED = 0,
- TOPT_SHORT,
- TOPT_LONG,
- TOPT_DEFAULT
-} teOptType;
-
-typedef struct {
- tOptDesc* pOD;
- tCC* pzOptArg;
- tUL flags;
- teOptType optType;
-} tOptState;
-#define OPTSTATE_INITIALIZER(st) \
- { NULL, NULL, OPTST_ ## st, TOPT_UNDEFINED }
-
-#define TEXTTO_TABLE \
- _TT_( LONGUSAGE ) \
- _TT_( USAGE ) \
- _TT_( VERSION )
-#define _TT_(n) \
- TT_ ## n ,
-
-typedef enum { TEXTTO_TABLE COUNT_TT } teTextTo;
-
-#undef _TT_
-
-typedef struct {
- tCC* pzStr;
- tCC* pzReq;
- tCC* pzNum;
- tCC* pzKey;
- tCC* pzKeyL;
- tCC* pzBool;
- tCC* pzNest;
- tCC* pzOpt;
- tCC* pzNo;
- tCC* pzBrk;
- tCC* pzNoF;
- tCC* pzSpc;
- tCC* pzOptFmt;
-} arg_types_t;
-
-# define AGALOC( c, w ) malloc( c )
-# define AGREALOC( p, c, w ) realloc( p, c )
-# define AGFREE( p ) free( p )
-# define AGDUPSTR( p, s, w ) p = strdup( s )
-# define TAGMEM( m, t )
-
-#ifdef AUTOGEN_BUILD
-# include <snprintfv/printf.h>
-#endif /* AUTOGEN_BUILD */
-
-/*
- * DO option handling?
- *
- * Options are examined at two times: at immediate handling time and at
- * normal handling time. If an option is disabled, the timing may be
- * different from the handling of the undisabled option. The OPTST_DIABLED
- * bit indicates the state of the currently discovered option.
- * So, here's how it works:
- *
- * A) handling at "immediate" time, either 1 or 2:
- *
- * 1. OPTST_DISABLED is not set:
- * IMM must be set
- * DISABLE_IMM don't care
- * TWICE don't care
- * DISABLE_TWICE don't care
- * 0 -and- 1 x x x
- *
- * 2. OPTST_DISABLED is set:
- * IMM don't care
- * DISABLE_IMM must be set
- * TWICE don't care
- * DISABLE_TWICE don't care
- * 1 -and- x 1 x x
- */
-#define DO_IMMEDIATELY(_flg) \
- ( (((_flg) & (OPTST_DISABLED|OPTST_IMM)) == OPTST_IMM) \
- || ( ((_flg) & (OPTST_DISABLED|OPTST_DISABLE_IMM)) \
- == (OPTST_DISABLED|OPTST_DISABLE_IMM) ))
-
-/* B) handling at "regular" time because it was not immediate
- *
- * 1. OPTST_DISABLED is not set:
- * IMM must *NOT* be set
- * DISABLE_IMM don't care
- * TWICE don't care
- * DISABLE_TWICE don't care
- * 0 -and- 0 x x x
- *
- * 2. OPTST_DISABLED is set:
- * IMM don't care
- * DISABLE_IMM don't care
- * TWICE must be set
- * DISABLE_TWICE don't care
- * 1 -and- x x 1 x
- */
-#define DO_NORMALLY(_flg) ( \
- (((_flg) & (OPTST_DISABLED|OPTST_IMM)) == 0) \
- || (((_flg) & (OPTST_DISABLED|OPTST_DISABLE_IMM)) == \
- OPTST_DISABLED) )
-
-/* C) handling at "regular" time because it is to be handled twice.
- * The immediate bit was already tested and found to be set:
- *
- * 3. OPTST_DISABLED is not set:
- * IMM is set (but don't care)
- * DISABLE_IMM don't care
- * TWICE must be set
- * DISABLE_TWICE don't care
- * 0 -and- ? x 1 x
- *
- * 4. OPTST_DISABLED is set:
- * IMM don't care
- * DISABLE_IMM is set (but don't care)
- * TWICE don't care
- * DISABLE_TWICE must be set
- * 1 -and- x ? x 1
- */
-#define DO_SECOND_TIME(_flg) ( \
- (((_flg) & (OPTST_DISABLED|OPTST_TWICE)) == \
- OPTST_TWICE) \
- || (((_flg) & (OPTST_DISABLED|OPTST_DISABLE_TWICE)) == \
- (OPTST_DISABLED|OPTST_DISABLE_TWICE) ))
-
-/*
- * text_mmap structure. Only active on platforms with mmap(2).
- */
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-#else
-# ifndef PROT_READ
-# define PROT_READ 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef PROT_WRITE
-# define PROT_WRITE 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef MAP_SHARED
-# define MAP_SHARED 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef MAP_PRIVATE
-# define MAP_PRIVATE 0x02
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef MAP_FAILED
-# define MAP_FAILED ((void*)-1)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _SC_PAGESIZE
-# ifdef _SC_PAGE_SIZE
-# define _SC_PAGESIZE _SC_PAGE_SIZE
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Define and initialize all the user visible strings.
- * We do not do translations. If translations are to be done, then
- * the client will provide a callback for that purpose.
- */
-#undef DO_TRANSLATIONS
-#include "autoopts/usage-txt.h"
-
-/*
- * File pointer for usage output
- */
-extern FILE* option_usage_fp;
-
-extern tOptProc optionPrintVersion, optionPagedUsage, optionLoadOpt;
-
-#define LOCAL static
-#include "proto.h"
-
-#endif /* AUTOGEN_AUTOOPTS_H */
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/autoopts.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* -*- buffer-read-only: t -*- vi: set ro:
- *
- * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE (options.h)
- *
- * It has been AutoGen-ed Thursday September 15, 2005 at 08:47:43 PM PDT
- * From the definitions funcs.def
- * and the template file options_h
- *
- * This file defines all the global structures and special values
- * used in the automated option processing library.
- *
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-Y Bruce Korb
- *
- * AutoOpts is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * AutoOpts is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with AutoOpts. If not, write to:
- * The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef AUTOOPTS_OPTIONS_H_GUARD
-#define AUTOOPTS_OPTIONS_H_GUARD
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
-# include <stdint.h>
-#elif defined(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif /* HAVE_STDINT/INTTYPES_H */
-
-#if defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H)
-# include <limits.h>
-#elif defined(HAVE_SYS_LIMITS_H)
-# include <sys/limits.h>
-#endif /* HAVE_LIMITS/SYS_LIMITS_H */
-
-/*
- * PUBLIC DEFINES
- *
- * The following defines may be used in applications that need to test the
- * state of an option. To test against these masks and values, a pointer
- * to an option descriptor must be obtained. There are two ways:
- *
- * 1. inside an option processing procedure, it is the second argument,
- * conventionally "tOptDesc* pOD".
- *
- * 2. Outside of an option procedure (or to reference a different option
- * descriptor), use either "&DESC( opt_name )" or "&pfx_DESC( opt_name )".
- *
- * See the relevant generated header file to determine which and what
- * values for "opt_name" are available.
- */
-
-typedef enum {
- OPARG_TYPE_NONE = 0,
- OPARG_TYPE_STRING = 1, /* default type/ vanilla string */
- OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION = 2, /* opt arg is an enum (keyword list) */
- OPARG_TYPE_BOOLEAN = 3, /* opt arg is boolean-valued */
- OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP = 4, /* opt arg sets set membership bits */
- OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC = 5, /* opt arg has numeric value */
- OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY = 6 /* option arg is hierarchical value */
-} teOptArgType;
-
-typedef struct optionValue {
- teOptArgType valType;
- char* pzName;
- union {
- char strVal[1]; /* OPARG_TYPE_STRING */
- int enumVal; /* OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION */
- int boolVal; /* OPARG_TYPE_BOOLEAN */
- long setVal; /* OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP */
- long longVal; /* OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC */
- void* nestVal; /* OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY */
- } v;
-} tOptionValue;
-
-#define OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(n) ((n) << 12)
-#define OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(f) (((f) & OPTST_ARG_TYPE_MASK) >> 12)
-
-/*
- * Bits in the fOptState option descriptor field.
- */
-#define OPTST_INIT 0x0000000 /* Initial compiled value */
-#define OPTST_SET 0x0000001 /* Set via the "SET_OPT()" macro */
-#define OPTST_PRESET 0x0000002 /* Set via an RC/INI file */
-#define OPTST_DEFINED 0x0000004 /* Set via a command line option */
-
-#define OPTST_SET_MASK 0x0000007 /* mask of flags that show set state */
-
-#define OPTST_EQUIVALENCE 0x0000010 /* selected by equiv'ed option */
-#define OPTST_DISABLED 0x0000020 /* option is in disabled state */
-
-#define OPTST_NO_INIT 0x0000100 /* option cannot be preset */
-#define OPTST_NUMBER_OPT 0x0000200 /* opt value (flag) is any digit */
-#define OPTST_STACKED 0x0000400 /* opt uses optionStackArg procedure */
-#define OPTST_INITENABLED 0x0000800 /* option defaults to enabled */
-#define OPTST_ARG_TYPE_MASK 0x000F000 /* bits used to specify opt arg type */
-#define OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL 0x0010000 /* the option argument not required */
-#define OPTST_IMM 0x0020000 /* process option on first pass */
-#define OPTST_DISABLE_IMM 0x0040000 /* process disablement on first pass */
-#define OPTST_OMITTED 0x0080000 /* compiled out of program */
-#define OPTST_MUST_SET 0x0100000 /* must be set or pre-set */
-#define OPTST_DOCUMENT 0x0200000 /* opt is for documentation only */
-#define OPTST_TWICE 0x0400000 /* process option twice - imm + reg */
-#define OPTST_DISABLE_TWICE 0x0800000 /* process disabled option twice */
-
-#define OPTST_PERSISTENT 0xFFFFF00 /* mask of flags that do not change */
-
-#define SELECTED_OPT( pod ) ( (pod)->fOptState & (OPTST_SET | OPTST_DEFINED))
-#define UNUSED_OPT( pod ) (((pod)->fOptState & OPTST_SET_MASK) == 0)
-#define DISABLED_OPT( pod ) ( (pod)->fOptState & OPTST_DISABLED)
-#define OPTION_STATE( pod ) ((pod)->fOptState)
-
-/*
- * PRIVATE INTERFACES
- *
- * The following values are used in the generated code to communicate
- * with the option library procedures. They are not for public use
- * and may be subject to change.
- */
-
-/*
- * Define any special processing flags
- */
-#define OPTPROC_NONE 0x000000
-#define OPTPROC_LONGOPT 0x000001 /* Process long style options */
-#define OPTPROC_SHORTOPT 0x000002 /* Process short style "flags" */
-#define OPTPROC_ERRSTOP 0x000004 /* Stop on argument errors */
-#define OPTPROC_DISABLEDOPT 0x000008 /* Current option is disabled */
-#define OPTPROC_NO_REQ_OPT 0x000010 /* no options are required */
-#define OPTPROC_NUM_OPT 0x000020 /* there is a number option */
-#define OPTPROC_INITDONE 0x000040 /* have initializations been done? */
-#define OPTPROC_NEGATIONS 0x000080 /* any negation options? */
-#define OPTPROC_ENVIRON 0x000100 /* check environment? */
-#define OPTPROC_NO_ARGS 0x000200 /* Disallow remaining arguments */
-#define OPTPROC_ARGS_REQ 0x000400 /* Require arguments after options */
-#define OPTPROC_REORDER 0x000800 /* reorder arguments after options */
-#define OPTPROC_GNUUSAGE 0x001000 /* emit usage in GNU style */
-#define OPTPROC_TRANSLATE 0x002000 /* Translate strings in tOptions */
-#define OPTPROC_HAS_IMMED 0x004000 /* program defines immed options */
-#define OPTPROC_PRESETTING 0x800000 /* opt processing in preset state */
-
-#define STMTS(s) do { s; } while (0)
-
-/*
- * The following must be #defined instead of typedef-ed
- * because "static const" cannot both be applied to a type,
- * tho each individually can...so they all are
- */
-#define tSCC static const char
-#define tSC static char
-#define tCUC const unsigned char
-#define tUC unsigned char
-#define tCC const char
-#define tUI unsigned int
-#define tUL unsigned long
-
-/*
- * It is so disgusting that there must be so many ways
- * of specifying TRUE and FALSE.
- */
-typedef enum { AG_FALSE = 0, AG_TRUE } ag_bool;
-
-/*
- * Define a structure that describes each option and
- * a pointer to the procedure that handles it.
- * The argument is the count of this flag previously seen.
- */
-typedef struct options tOptions;
-typedef struct optDesc tOptDesc;
-typedef struct optNames tOptNames;
-
-/*
- * The option procedures do the special processing for each
- * option flag that needs it.
- */
-typedef void (tOptProc)( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOptDesc );
-typedef tOptProc* tpOptProc;
-
-/*
- * The usage procedure will never return. It calls "exit(2)"
- * with the "exitCode" argument passed to it.
- */
-typedef void (tUsageProc)( tOptions* pOpts, int exitCode );
-typedef tUsageProc* tpUsageProc;
-
-/*
- * Special definitions. "NOLIMIT" is the 'max' value to use when
- * a flag may appear multiple times without limit. "NO_EQUIVALENT"
- * is an illegal value for 'optIndex' (option description index).
- */
-#define NOLIMIT USHRT_MAX
-#define OPTION_LIMIT SHRT_MAX
-#define NO_EQUIVALENT (OPTION_LIMIT+1)
-
-/*
- * Special values for optValue. It must not be generatable from the
- * computation "optIndex +96". Since "optIndex" is limited to 100, ...
- */
-#define NUMBER_OPTION '#'
-
-typedef struct argList tArgList;
-#define MIN_ARG_ALLOC_CT 6
-#define INCR_ARG_ALLOC_CT 8
-struct argList {
- int useCt;
- int allocCt;
- tCC* apzArgs[ MIN_ARG_ALLOC_CT ];
-};
-
-/*
- * Descriptor structure for each option.
- * Only the fields marked "PUBLIC" are for public use.
- */
-struct optDesc {
- uint16_t optIndex; /* PUBLIC */
- uint16_t optValue; /* PUBLIC */
- uint16_t optActualIndex; /* PUBLIC */
- uint16_t optActualValue; /* PUBLIC */
-
- uint16_t optEquivIndex; /* PUBLIC */
- uint16_t optMinCt;
- uint16_t optMaxCt;
- uint16_t optOccCt; /* PUBLIC */
-
- uint32_t fOptState; /* PUBLIC */
- uint32_t reserved;
- tCC* pzLastArg; /* PUBLIC */
- void* optCookie; /* PUBLIC */
-
- const int * pOptMust;
- const int * pOptCant;
- tpOptProc pOptProc;
- const char* pzText;
-
- const char* pz_NAME;
- const char* pz_Name;
- const char* pz_DisableName;
- const char* pz_DisablePfx;
-};
-
-/*
- * Some options need special processing, so we store their
- * indexes in a known place:
- */
-typedef struct optSpecIndex tOptSpecIndex;
-struct optSpecIndex {
- uint16_t more_help;
- uint16_t save_opts;
- uint16_t number_option;
- uint16_t default_opt;
-};
-
-#define OPTIONS_STRUCT_VERSION 106497
-#define OPTIONS_VERSION_STRING "26:0:1"
-#define OPTIONS_MINIMUM_VERSION 102400
-#define OPTIONS_MIN_VER_STRING "25:0:0"
-
-/*
- * The procedure generated for translating option text
- */
-typedef void (tOptionXlateProc)(void);
-
-struct options {
- const int structVersion;
- int origArgCt;
- char** origArgVect;
- tUI fOptSet;
- tUI curOptIdx;
- char* pzCurOpt;
-
- const char* pzProgPath;
- const char* pzProgName;
- const char* pzPROGNAME;
- const char* pzRcName;
- const char* pzCopyright;
- const char* pzCopyNotice;
- const char* pzFullVersion;
- const char** papzHomeList;
- const char* pzUsageTitle;
- const char* pzExplain;
- const char* pzDetail;
- tOptDesc* pOptDesc;
- const char* pzBugAddr;
-
- void* pExtensions;
- void* pSavedState;
-
- tpUsageProc pUsageProc;
- tOptionXlateProc* pTransProc;
-
- tOptSpecIndex specOptIdx;
- const int optCt;
- const int presetOptCt;
-};
-
-/*
- * "token list" structure returned by "string_tokenize()"
- */
-typedef struct {
- unsigned long tkn_ct;
- unsigned char* tkn_list[1];
-} token_list_t;
-
-/*
- * Hide the interface - it pollutes a POSIX claim, but leave it for
- * anyone #include-ing this header
- */
-#define strneqvcmp option_strneqvcmp
-#define streqvcmp option_streqvcmp
-#define streqvmap option_streqvmap
-#define strequate option_strequate
-#define strtransform option_strtransform
-
-/*
- * This is an output only structure used by text_mmap and text_munmap.
- * Clients must not alter the contents and must provide it to both
- * the text_mmap and text_munmap procedures. BE ADVISED: if you are
- * mapping the file with PROT_WRITE the NUL byte at the end MIGHT NOT
- * BE WRITABLE. In any event, that byte is not be written back
- * to the source file. ALSO: if "txt_data" is valid and "txt_errno"
- * is not zero, then there *may* not be a terminating NUL.
- */
-typedef struct {
- void* txt_data; /* text file data */
- size_t txt_size; /* actual file size */
- size_t txt_full_size; /* mmaped mem size */
- int txt_fd; /* file descriptor */
- int txt_zero_fd; /* fd for /dev/zero */
- int txt_errno; /* warning code */
- int txt_prot; /* "prot" flags */
- int txt_flags; /* mapping type */
- int txt_alloc; /* if we malloced memory */
-} tmap_info_t;
-
-/*
- * When loading a line (or block) of text as an option, the value can
- * be processed in any of several modes:
- *
- * @table @samp
- * @item keep
- * Every part of the value between the delimiters is saved.
- *
- * @item uncooked
- * Even if the value begins with quote characters, do not do quote processing.
- *
- * @item cooked
- * If the value looks like a quoted string, then process it.
- * Double quoted strings are processed the way strings are in "C" programs,
- * except they are treated as regular characters if the following character
- * is not a well-established escape sequence.
- * Single quoted strings (quoted with apostrophies) are handled the way
- * strings are handled in shell scripts, *except* that backslash escapes
- * are honored before backslash escapes and apostrophies.
- * @end table
- */
-typedef enum {
- OPTION_LOAD_COOKED,
- OPTION_LOAD_UNCOOKED,
- OPTION_LOAD_KEEP
-} tOptionLoadMode;
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#define CPLUSPLUS_CLOSER }
-#else
-#define CPLUSPLUS_CLOSER
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The following routines may be coded into AutoOpts client code:
- */
-
-/* From: tokenize.c line 115
- *
- * ao_string_tokenize - tokenize an input string
- *
- * Arguments:
- * string string to be tokenized
- *
- * Returns: token_list_t* - pointer to a structure that lists each token
- *
- * This function will convert one input string into a list of strings.
- * The list of strings is derived by separating the input based on
- * white space separation. However, if the input contains either single
- * or double quote characters, then the text after that character up to
- * a matching quote will become the string in the list.
- *
- * The returned pointer should be deallocated with @code{free(3C)} when
- * are done using the data. The data are placed in a single block of
- * allocated memory. Do not deallocate individual token/strings.
- *
- * The structure pointed to will contain at least these two fields:
- * @table @samp
- * @item tkn_ct
- * The number of tokens found in the input string.
- * @item tok_list
- * An array of @code{tkn_ct + 1} pointers to substring tokens, with
- * the last pointer set to NULL.
- * @end table
- *
- * There are two types of quoted strings: single quoted (@code{'}) and
- * double quoted (@code{"}). Singly quoted strings are fairly raw in that
- * escape characters (@code{\\}) are simply another character, except when
- * preceding the following characters:
- * @example
- * @code{\\} double backslashes reduce to one
- * @code{'} incorporates the single quote into the string
- * @code{\n} suppresses both the backslash and newline character
- * @end example
- *
- * Double quote strings are formed according to the rules of string
- * constants in ANSI-C programs.
- */
-extern token_list_t* ao_string_tokenize( const char* );
-
-
-/* From: configfile.c line 113
- *
- * configFileLoad - parse a configuration file
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pzFile the file to load
- *
- * Returns: const tOptionValue* - An allocated, compound value structure
- *
- * This routine will load a named configuration file and parse the
- * text as a hierarchically valued option. The option descriptor
- * created from an option definition file is not used via this interface.
- * The returned value is "named" with the input file name and is of
- * type "@code{OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY}". It may be used in calls to
- * @code{optionGetValue()}, @code{optionNextValue()} and
- * @code{optionUnloadNested()}.
- */
-extern const tOptionValue* configFileLoad( const char* );
-
-
-/* From: configfile.c line 869
- *
- * optionFileLoad - Load the locatable config files, in order
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOpts program options descriptor
- * pzProg program name
- *
- * Returns: int - 0 -> SUCCESS, -1 -> FAILURE
- *
- * This function looks in all the specified directories for a configuration
- * file ("rc" file or "ini" file) and processes any found twice. The first
- * time through, they are processed in reverse order (last file first). At
- * that time, only "immediate action" configurables are processed. For
- * example, if the last named file specifies not processing any more
- * configuration files, then no more configuration files will be processed.
- * Such an option in the @strong{first} named directory will have no effect.
- *
- * Once the immediate action configurables have been handled, then the
- * directories are handled in normal, forward order. In that way, later
- * config files can override the settings of earlier config files.
- *
- * See the AutoOpts documentation for a thorough discussion of the
- * config file format.
- *
- * Configuration files not found or not decipherable are simply ignored.
- */
-extern int optionFileLoad( tOptions*, const char* );
-
-
-/* From: configfile.c line 241
- *
- * optionFindNextValue - find a hierarcicaly valued option instance
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOptDesc an option with a nested arg type
- * pPrevVal the last entry
- * name name of value to find
- * value the matching value
- *
- * Returns: const tOptionValue* - a compound value structure
- *
- * This routine will find the next entry in a nested value option or
- * configurable. It will search through the list and return the next entry
- * that matches the criteria.
- */
-extern const tOptionValue* optionFindNextValue( const tOptDesc*, const tOptionValue*, const char*, const char* );
-
-
-/* From: configfile.c line 166
- *
- * optionFindValue - find a hierarcicaly valued option instance
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOptDesc an option with a nested arg type
- * name name of value to find
- * value the matching value
- *
- * Returns: const tOptionValue* - a compound value structure
- *
- * This routine will find an entry in a nested value option or configurable.
- * It will search through the list and return a matching entry.
- */
-extern const tOptionValue* optionFindValue( const tOptDesc*, const char*, const char* );
-
-
-/* From: restore.c line 157
- *
- * optionFree - free allocated option processing memory
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOpts program options descriptor
- *
- * AutoOpts sometimes allocates memory and puts pointers to it in the
- * option state structures. This routine deallocates all such memory.
- */
-extern void optionFree( tOptions* );
-
-
-/* From: configfile.c line 310
- *
- * optionGetValue - get a specific value from a hierarcical list
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOptValue a hierarchcal value
- * valueName name of value to get
- *
- * Returns: const tOptionValue* - a compound value structure
- *
- * This routine will find an entry in a nested value option or configurable.
- * If "valueName" is NULL, then the first entry is returned. Otherwise,
- * the first entry with a name that exactly matches the argument will be
- * returned.
- */
-extern const tOptionValue* optionGetValue( const tOptionValue*, const char* );
-
-
-/* From: load.c line 477
- *
- * optionLoadLine - process a string for an option name and value
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOpts program options descriptor
- * pzLine NUL-terminated text
- *
- * This is a client program callable routine for setting options from, for
- * example, the contents of a file that they read in. Only one option may
- * appear in the text. It will be treated as a normal (non-preset) option.
- *
- * When passed a pointer to the option struct and a string, it will find
- * the option named by the first token on the string and set the option
- * argument to the remainder of the string. The caller must NUL terminate
- * the string. Any embedded new lines will be included in the option
- * argument. If the input looks like one or more quoted strings, then the
- * input will be "cooked". The "cooking" is identical to the string
- * formation used in AutoGen definition files (@pxref{basic expression}),
- * except that you may not use backquotes.
- */
-extern void optionLoadLine( tOptions*, const char* );
-
-
-/* From: configfile.c line 369
- *
- * optionNextValue - get the next value from a hierarchical list
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOptValue a hierarchcal list value
- * pOldValue a value from this list
- *
- * Returns: const tOptionValue* - a compound value structure
- *
- * This routine will return the next entry after the entry passed in. At the
- * end of the list, NULL will be returned. If the entry is not found on the
- * list, NULL will be returned and "@var{errno}" will be set to EINVAL.
- * The "@var{pOldValue}" must have been gotten from a prior call to this
- * routine or to "@code{opitonGetValue()}".
- */
-extern const tOptionValue* optionNextValue( const tOptionValue*, const tOptionValue* );
-
-
-/* From: autoopts.c line 924
- *
- * optionProcess - this is the main option processing routine
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOpts program options descriptor
- * argc program arg count
- * argv program arg vector
- *
- * Returns: int - the count of the arguments processed
- *
- * This is the main entry point for processing options. It is intended
- * that this procedure be called once at the beginning of the execution of
- * a program. Depending on options selected earlier, it is sometimes
- * necessary to stop and restart option processing, or to select completely
- * different sets of options. This can be done easily, but you generally
- * do not want to do this.
- *
- * The number of arguments processed always includes the program name.
- * If one of the arguments is "--", then it is counted and the processing
- * stops. If an error was encountered and errors are to be tolerated, then
- * the returned value is the index of the argument causing the error.
- * A hyphen by itself ("-") will also cause processing to stop and will
- * @emph{not} be counted among the processed arguments. A hyphen by itself
- * is treated as an operand. Encountering an operand stops option
- * processing.
- */
-extern int optionProcess( tOptions*, int, char** );
-
-
-/* From: restore.c line 121
- *
- * optionRestore - restore option state from memory copy
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOpts program options descriptor
- *
- * Copy back the option state from saved memory.
- * The allocated memory is left intact, so this routine can be
- * called repeatedly without having to call optionSaveState again.
- * If you are restoring a state that was saved before the first call
- * to optionProcess(3AO), then you may change the contents of the
- * argc/argv parameters to optionProcess.
- */
-extern void optionRestore( tOptions* );
-
-
-/* From: save.c line 325
- *
- * optionSaveFile - saves the option state to a file
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOpts program options descriptor
- *
- * This routine will save the state of option processing to a file. The name
- * of that file can be specified with the argument to the @code{--save-opts}
- * option, or by appending the @code{rcfile} attribute to the last
- * @code{homerc} attribute. If no @code{rcfile} attribute was specified, it
- * will default to @code{.@i{programname}rc}. If you wish to specify another
- * file, you should invoke the @code{SET_OPT_SAVE_OPTS( @i{filename} )} macro.
- */
-extern void optionSaveFile( tOptions* );
-
-
-/* From: restore.c line 54
- *
- * optionSaveState - saves the option state to memory
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOpts program options descriptor
- *
- * This routine will allocate enough memory to save the current
- * option processing state. If this routine has been called before,
- * that memory will be reused. You may only save one copy of the
- * option state. This routine may be called before optionProcess(3AO).
- * If you do call it before the first call to optionProcess, then
- * you may also change the contents of argc/argv after you call
- * optionRestore(3AO)
- */
-extern void optionSaveState( tOptions* );
-
-
-/* From: nested.c line 527
- *
- * optionUnloadNested - Deallocate the memory for a nested value
- *
- * Arguments:
- * pOptVal the hierarchical value
- *
- * A nested value needs to be deallocated. The pointer passed in should
- * have been gotten from a call to @code{configFileLoad()} (See
- * @pxref{libopts-configFileLoad}).
- */
-extern void optionUnloadNested( const tOptionValue* );
-
-
-/* From: version.c line 58
- *
- * optionVersion - return the compiled AutoOpts version number
- *
- * Returns: const char* - the version string in constant memory
- *
- * Returns the full version string compiled into the library.
- * The returned string cannot be modified.
- */
-extern const char* optionVersion( void );
-
-
-/* From: ../compat/pathfind.c line 24
- *
- * pathfind - fild a file in a list of directories
- *
- * Arguments:
- * path colon separated list of search directories
- * file the name of the file to look for
- * mode the mode bits that must be set to match
- *
- * Returns: char* - the path to the located file
- *
- * the pathfind function is available only if HAVE_PATHFIND is not defined
- *
- * pathfind looks for a a file with name "FILE" and "MODE" access
- * along colon delimited "PATH", and returns the full pathname as a
- * string, or NULL if not found. If "FILE" contains a slash, then
- * it is treated as a relative or absolute path and "PATH" is ignored.
- *
- * @strong{NOTE}: this function is compiled into @file{libopts} only if
- * it is not natively supplied.
- *
- * The "MODE" argument is a string of option letters chosen from the
- * list below:
- * @example
- * Letter Meaning
- * r readable
- * w writable
- * x executable
- * f normal file (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * b block special (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * c character special (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * d directory (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * p FIFO (pipe) (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * u set user ID bit (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * g set group ID bit (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * k sticky bit (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * s size nonzero (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * @end example
- */
-#ifndef HAVE_PATHFIND
-extern char* pathfind( const char*, const char*, const char* );
-#endif /* HAVE_PATHFIND */
-
-
-/* From: streqvcmp.c line 233
- *
- * strequate - map a list of characters to the same value
- *
- * Arguments:
- * ch_list characters to equivalence
- *
- * Each character in the input string get mapped to the first character
- * in the string.
- * This function name is mapped to option_strequate so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- */
-extern void strequate( const char* );
-
-
-/* From: streqvcmp.c line 143
- *
- * streqvcmp - compare two strings with an equivalence mapping
- *
- * Arguments:
- * str1 first string
- * str2 second string
- *
- * Returns: int - the difference between two differing characters
- *
- * Using a character mapping, two strings are compared for "equivalence".
- * Each input character is mapped to a comparison character and the
- * mapped-to characters are compared for the two NUL terminated input strings.
- * This function name is mapped to option_streqvcmp so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- */
-extern int streqvcmp( const char*, const char* );
-
-
-/* From: streqvcmp.c line 180
- *
- * streqvmap - Set the character mappings for the streqv functions
- *
- * Arguments:
- * From Input character
- * To Mapped-to character
- * ct compare length
- *
- * Set the character mapping. If the count (@code{ct}) is set to zero, then
- * the map is cleared by setting all entries in the map to their index
- * value. Otherwise, the "@code{From}" character is mapped to the "@code{To}"
- * character. If @code{ct} is greater than 1, then @code{From} and @code{To}
- * are incremented and the process repeated until @code{ct} entries have been
- * set. For example,
- * @example
- * streqvmap( 'a', 'A', 26 );
- * @end example
- * @noindent
- * will alter the mapping so that all English lower case letters
- * will map to upper case.
- *
- * This function name is mapped to option_streqvmap so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- */
-extern void streqvmap( char, char, int );
-
-
-/* From: streqvcmp.c line 102
- *
- * strneqvcmp - compare two strings with an equivalence mapping
- *
- * Arguments:
- * str1 first string
- * str2 second string
- * ct compare length
- *
- * Returns: int - the difference between two differing characters
- *
- * Using a character mapping, two strings are compared for "equivalence".
- * Each input character is mapped to a comparison character and the
- * mapped-to characters are compared for the two NUL terminated input strings.
- * The comparison is limited to @code{ct} bytes.
- * This function name is mapped to option_strneqvcmp so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- */
-extern int strneqvcmp( tCC*, tCC*, int );
-
-
-/* From: streqvcmp.c line 259
- *
- * strtransform - convert a string into its mapped-to value
- *
- * Arguments:
- * dest output string
- * src input string
- *
- * Each character in the input string is mapped and the mapped-to
- * character is put into the output.
- * This function name is mapped to option_strtransform so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- */
-extern void strtransform( char*, const char* );
-
-/* AutoOpts PRIVATE FUNCTIONS: */
-tOptProc optionStackArg, optionUnstackArg, optionBooleanVal, optionNumericVal;
-
-extern char* ao_string_cook( char*, int* );
-
-extern unsigned int ao_string_cook_escape_char( const char*, char*, char );
-
-extern void genshelloptUsage( tOptions*, int );
-
-extern void optionBooleanVal( tOptions*, tOptDesc* );
-
-extern char* optionEnumerationVal( tOptions*, tOptDesc*, tCC**, unsigned int );
-
-extern tOptionValue* optionLoadNested( const char*, const char*, size_t, tOptionLoadMode );
-
-extern void optionLoadOpt( tOptions*, tOptDesc* );
-
-extern ag_bool optionMakePath( char*, int, tCC*, tCC* );
-
-extern void optionNestedVal( tOptions*, tOptDesc* );
-
-extern void optionNumericVal( tOptions*, tOptDesc* );
-
-extern void optionPagedUsage( tOptions*, tOptDesc* );
-
-extern void optionParseShell( tOptions* );
-
-extern void optionPrintVersion( tOptions*, tOptDesc* );
-
-extern void optionPutShell( tOptions* );
-
-extern void optionSetMembers( tOptions*, tOptDesc*, tCC**, unsigned int );
-
-extern void optionStackArg( tOptions*, tOptDesc* );
-
-extern void optionUnstackArg( tOptions*, tOptDesc* );
-
-extern void optionUsage( tOptions*, int );
-
-extern void optionVersionStderr( tOptions*, tOptDesc* );
-
-extern void* text_mmap( const char*, int, int, tmap_info_t* );
-
-extern int text_munmap( tmap_info_t* );
-
-CPLUSPLUS_CLOSER
-#endif /* AUTOOPTS_OPTIONS_H_GUARD */
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * options.h ends here */
+++ /dev/null
-/* -*- buffer-read-only: t -*- vi: set ro:
- *
- * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE (usage-txt.h)
- *
- * It has been AutoGen-ed Thursday September 15, 2005 at 08:47:42 PM PDT
- * From the definitions usage-txt.def
- * and the template file usage-txt.tpl
- *
- * This file handles all the bookkeeping required for tracking all the little
- * tiny strings used by the AutoOpts library. There are 114
- * of them. This is not versioned because it is entirely internal to the
- * library and accessed by client code only in a very well-controlled way:
- * they may substitute translated strings using a procedure that steps through
- * all the string pointers.
- *
- * AutoOpts is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * AutoOpts is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with AutoOpts. If not, write to:
- * The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef AUTOOPTS_USAGE_TXT_H_GUARD
-#define AUTOOPTS_USAGE_TXT_H_GUARD
-
-#undef cch_t
-#define cch_t const char
-
-/*
- * One structure to hold all the pointers to all the stringlets.
- */
-typedef struct {
- int field_ct;
- char* utpz_GnuBoolArg;
- char* utpz_GnuKeyArg;
- char* utpz_GnuKeyLArg;
- char* utpz_GnuNumArg;
- char* utpz_GnuStrArg;
- cch_t* apz_str[ 109 ];
-} usage_text_t;
-
-/*
- * Declare the global structure with all the pointers to translated
- * strings. This is then used by the usage generation procedure.
- */
-extern usage_text_t option_usage_text;
-
-#if defined(AUTOOPTS_INTERNAL) /* DEFINE ALL THE STRINGS = = = = = */
-/*
- * Provide a mapping from a short name to fields in this structure.
- */
-#define zAO_Bad (option_usage_text.apz_str[0])
-#define zAO_Big (option_usage_text.apz_str[1])
-#define zAO_Err (option_usage_text.apz_str[2])
-#define zAO_Sml (option_usage_text.apz_str[3])
-#define zAll (option_usage_text.apz_str[4])
-#define zAlt (option_usage_text.apz_str[5])
-#define zAmbigKey (option_usage_text.apz_str[6])
-#define zAmbiguous (option_usage_text.apz_str[7])
-#define zArgsMust (option_usage_text.apz_str[8])
-#define zAtMost (option_usage_text.apz_str[9])
-#define zAuto (option_usage_text.apz_str[10])
-#define zBadPipe (option_usage_text.apz_str[11])
-#define zBadVerArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[12])
-#define zCantFmt (option_usage_text.apz_str[13])
-#define zCantSave (option_usage_text.apz_str[14])
-#define zDefaultOpt (option_usage_text.apz_str[15])
-#define zDis (option_usage_text.apz_str[16])
-#define zEnab (option_usage_text.apz_str[17])
-#define zEquiv (option_usage_text.apz_str[18])
-#define zErrOnly (option_usage_text.apz_str[19])
-#define zExamineFmt (option_usage_text.apz_str[20])
-#define zFiveSpaces (option_usage_text.apz_str[21])
-#define zFlagOkay (option_usage_text.apz_str[22])
-#define zFmtFmt (option_usage_text.apz_str[23])
-#define zForkFail (option_usage_text.apz_str[24])
-#define zFSErrOptLoad (option_usage_text.apz_str[25])
-#define zFSErrReadFile (option_usage_text.apz_str[26])
-#define zGenshell (option_usage_text.apz_str[27])
-#define zGnuBoolArg (option_usage_text.utpz_GnuBoolArg)
-#define zGnuBreak (option_usage_text.apz_str[28])
-#define zGnuKeyArg (option_usage_text.utpz_GnuKeyArg)
-#define zGnuKeyLArg (option_usage_text.utpz_GnuKeyLArg)
-#define zGnuNestArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[29])
-#define zGnuNumArg (option_usage_text.utpz_GnuNumArg)
-#define zGnuOptArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[30])
-#define zGnuOptFmt (option_usage_text.apz_str[31])
-#define zGnuStrArg (option_usage_text.utpz_GnuStrArg)
-#define zHomePath (option_usage_text.apz_str[32])
-#define zIllOptChr (option_usage_text.apz_str[33])
-#define zIllOptStr (option_usage_text.apz_str[34])
-#define zIllegal (option_usage_text.apz_str[35])
-#define zInvalOptDesc (option_usage_text.apz_str[36])
-#define zKeyWords (option_usage_text.apz_str[37])
-#define zLoadCooked (option_usage_text.apz_str[38])
-#define zLoadKeep (option_usage_text.apz_str[39])
-#define zLoadType (option_usage_text.apz_str[40])
-#define zLoadUncooked (option_usage_text.apz_str[41])
-#define zLtypeInteger (option_usage_text.apz_str[42])
-#define zLtypeNest (option_usage_text.apz_str[43])
-#define zLtypeString (option_usage_text.apz_str[44])
-#define zLtypeBool (option_usage_text.apz_str[45])
-#define zLtypeKeyword (option_usage_text.apz_str[46])
-#define zLtypeSetMembership (option_usage_text.apz_str[47])
-#define zMembers (option_usage_text.apz_str[48])
-#define zMisArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[49])
-#define zMultiEquiv (option_usage_text.apz_str[50])
-#define zMust (option_usage_text.apz_str[51])
-#define zNeedOne (option_usage_text.apz_str[52])
-#define zNoArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[53])
-#define zNoArgs (option_usage_text.apz_str[54])
-#define zNoCreat (option_usage_text.apz_str[55])
-#define zNoFlags (option_usage_text.apz_str[56])
-#define zNoKey (option_usage_text.apz_str[57])
-#define zNoLim (option_usage_text.apz_str[58])
-#define zNoPreset (option_usage_text.apz_str[59])
-#define zNoRq_NoShrtTtl (option_usage_text.apz_str[60])
-#define zNoRq_ShrtTtl (option_usage_text.apz_str[61])
-#define zNoStat (option_usage_text.apz_str[62])
-#define zNoState (option_usage_text.apz_str[63])
-#define zNone (option_usage_text.apz_str[64])
-#define zNotDef (option_usage_text.apz_str[65])
-#define zNotEnough (option_usage_text.apz_str[66])
-#define zNotFile (option_usage_text.apz_str[67])
-#define zNotNumber (option_usage_text.apz_str[68])
-#define zNrmOptFmt (option_usage_text.apz_str[69])
-#define zNumberOpt (option_usage_text.apz_str[70])
-#define zOneSpace (option_usage_text.apz_str[71])
-#define zOnlyOne (option_usage_text.apz_str[72])
-#define zOptsOnly (option_usage_text.apz_str[73])
-#define zPathFmt (option_usage_text.apz_str[74])
-#define zPlsSendBugs (option_usage_text.apz_str[75])
-#define zPreset (option_usage_text.apz_str[76])
-#define zPresetFile (option_usage_text.apz_str[77])
-#define zPresetIntro (option_usage_text.apz_str[78])
-#define zProg (option_usage_text.apz_str[79])
-#define zProhib (option_usage_text.apz_str[80])
-#define zReorder (option_usage_text.apz_str[81])
-#define zReqFmt (option_usage_text.apz_str[82])
-#define zReqOptFmt (option_usage_text.apz_str[83])
-#define zReqThese (option_usage_text.apz_str[84])
-#define zReq_NoShrtTtl (option_usage_text.apz_str[85])
-#define zReq_ShrtTtl (option_usage_text.apz_str[86])
-#define zSepChars (option_usage_text.apz_str[87])
-#define zSetMembers (option_usage_text.apz_str[88])
-#define zSetMemberSettings (option_usage_text.apz_str[89])
-#define zShrtGnuOptFmt (option_usage_text.apz_str[90])
-#define zSixSpaces (option_usage_text.apz_str[91])
-#define zStdBoolArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[92])
-#define zStdBreak (option_usage_text.apz_str[93])
-#define zStdKeyArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[94])
-#define zStdKeyLArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[95])
-#define zStdNestArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[96])
-#define zStdNoArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[97])
-#define zStdNumArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[98])
-#define zStdOptArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[99])
-#define zStdReqArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[100])
-#define zStdStrArg (option_usage_text.apz_str[101])
-#define zTabHyp (option_usage_text.apz_str[102])
-#define zTabHypAnd (option_usage_text.apz_str[103])
-#define zTabout (option_usage_text.apz_str[104])
-#define zThreeSpaces (option_usage_text.apz_str[105])
-#define zTwoSpaces (option_usage_text.apz_str[106])
-#define zUpTo (option_usage_text.apz_str[107])
-#define zValidKeys (option_usage_text.apz_str[108])
-
- /*
- * First, set up the strings. Some of these are writable. These are all in
- * English. This gets compiled into libopts and is distributed here so that
- * xgettext (or equivalents) can extract these strings for translation.
- */
-
- static cch_t eng_zAO_Bad[] =
- "AutoOpts function called without option descriptor\n";
- static cch_t eng_zAO_Big[] =
- "\tThis exceeds the compiled library version: ";
- static cch_t eng_zAO_Err[] =
- "Automated Options Processing Error!\n\
-\t%s called AutoOpts function with structure version %d:%d:%d.\n";
- static cch_t eng_zAO_Sml[] =
- "\tThis is less than the minimum library version: ";
- static cch_t eng_zAll[] =
- "all";
- static cch_t eng_zAlt[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- an alternate for %s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zAmbigKey[] =
- "%s error: the keyword `%s' is ambiguous\n";
- static cch_t eng_zAmbiguous[] =
- "ambiguous";
- static cch_t eng_zArgsMust[] =
- "%s: Command line arguments required\n";
- static cch_t eng_zAtMost[] =
- "%4$d %1$s%s options allowed\n";
- static cch_t eng_zAuto[] =
- "version and help options:";
- static cch_t eng_zBadPipe[] =
- "Error %d (%s) from the pipe(2) syscall\n";
- static cch_t eng_zBadVerArg[] =
- "ERROR: version option argument '%c' invalid. Use:\n\
-\t'v' - version only\n\
-\t'c' - version and copyright\n\
-\t'n' - version and copyright notice\n";
- static cch_t eng_zCantFmt[] =
- "ERROR: %s option conflicts with the %s option\n";
- static cch_t eng_zCantSave[] =
- "%s(optionSaveState): error: cannot allocate %d bytes\n";
- static cch_t eng_zDefaultOpt[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- default option for unnamed options\n";
- static cch_t eng_zDis[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- disabled as --%s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zEnab[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- enabled by default\n";
- static cch_t eng_zEquiv[] =
- "-equivalence";
- static cch_t eng_zErrOnly[] =
- "ERROR: only ";
- static cch_t eng_zExamineFmt[] =
- " - examining environment variables named %s_*\n";
- static cch_t eng_zFiveSpaces[] =
- " ";
- static cch_t eng_zFlagOkay[] =
- "Options are specified by doubled hyphens and their name\n\
-or by a single hyphen and the flag character.\n";
- static cch_t eng_zFmtFmt[] =
- "%%-%ds %%s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zForkFail[] =
- "fs error %d (%s) on fork - cannot obtain %s usage\n";
- static cch_t eng_zFSErrOptLoad[] =
- "File error %d (%s) opening %s for loading options\n";
- static cch_t eng_zFSErrReadFile[] =
- "fs error %d (%s) reading file %s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zGenshell[] =
- "\n\
-= = = = = = = =\n\n\
-This incarnation of genshell will produce\n\
-a shell script to parse the options for %s:\n\n";
- static char eng_zGnuBoolArg[] =
- "=T/F";
- static cch_t eng_zGnuBreak[] =
- "\n\
-%s\n\n";
- static char eng_zGnuKeyArg[] =
- "=KWd";
- static char eng_zGnuKeyLArg[] =
- "=Mbr";
- static cch_t eng_zGnuNestArg[] =
- "=Cplx";
- static char eng_zGnuNumArg[] =
- "=num";
- static cch_t eng_zGnuOptArg[] =
- "[=arg]";
- static cch_t eng_zGnuOptFmt[] =
- "--%2$s%1$s";
- static char eng_zGnuStrArg[] =
- "=str";
- static cch_t eng_zHomePath[] =
- " - reading file /... %s's exe directory .../%s \n";
- static cch_t eng_zIllOptChr[] =
- "%s: illegal option -- %c\n";
- static cch_t eng_zIllOptStr[] =
- "%s: %s option -- %s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zIllegal[] =
- "illegal";
- static cch_t eng_zInvalOptDesc[] =
- "AutoOpts ERROR: invalid option descriptor for %s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zKeyWords[] =
- "words=";
- static cch_t eng_zLoadCooked[] =
- "cooked";
- static cch_t eng_zLoadKeep[] =
- "keep";
- static cch_t eng_zLoadType[] =
- "type=";
- static cch_t eng_zLoadUncooked[] =
- "uncooked";
- static cch_t eng_zLtypeInteger[] =
- "integer";
- static cch_t eng_zLtypeNest[] =
- "nested";
- static cch_t eng_zLtypeString[] =
- "string";
- static cch_t eng_zLtypeBool[] =
- "bool";
- static cch_t eng_zLtypeKeyword[] =
- "keyword";
- static cch_t eng_zLtypeSetMembership[] =
- "set";
- static cch_t eng_zMembers[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- is a set membership option\n";
- static cch_t eng_zMisArg[] =
- "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n";
- static cch_t eng_zMultiEquiv[] =
- "Equivalenced option '%s' was equivalenced to both\n\
-\t'%s' and '%s'";
- static cch_t eng_zMust[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- must appear between %d and %d times\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNeedOne[] =
- "ERROR: The %s option is required\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoArg[] =
- "%s: option `%s' cannot have an argument\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoArgs[] =
- "%s: Command line arguments not allowed\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoCreat[] =
- "error %d (%s) creating %s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoFlags[] =
- "Options are specified by single or double hyphens and their name.\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoKey[] =
- "%s error: `%s' does not match any keywords\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoLim[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- may appear multiple times\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoPreset[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- may not be preset\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoRq_NoShrtTtl[] =
- " Arg Option-Name Description\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoRq_ShrtTtl[] =
- " Flg Arg Option-Name Description\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoStat[] =
- "error %d (%s) stat-ing %s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNoState[] =
- "%s(optionRestore): error: no saved option state\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNone[] =
- "none";
- static cch_t eng_zNotDef[] =
- "'%s' not defined\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNotEnough[] =
- "ERROR: The %s option must appear %d times\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNotFile[] =
- "error: cannot load options from non-regular file %s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNotNumber[] =
- "%s error: `%s' is not a recognizable number\n";
- static cch_t eng_zNrmOptFmt[] =
- " %3s %s";
- static cch_t eng_zNumberOpt[] =
- "The '-#<number>' option may omit the hash char\n";
- static cch_t eng_zOneSpace[] =
- " ";
- static cch_t eng_zOnlyOne[] =
- "one %s%s option allowed\n";
- static cch_t eng_zOptsOnly[] =
- "All arguments are named options.\n";
- static cch_t eng_zPathFmt[] =
- " - reading file %s";
- static cch_t eng_zPlsSendBugs[] =
- "\n\
-please send bug reports to: %s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zPreset[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- may NOT appear - preset only\n";
- static cch_t eng_zPresetFile[] =
- "# preset/initialization file\n\
-# %s#\n";
- static cch_t eng_zPresetIntro[] =
- "\n\
-The following option preset mechanisms are supported:\n";
- static cch_t eng_zProg[] =
- "program";
- static cch_t eng_zProhib[] =
- "prohibits these options:\n";
- static cch_t eng_zReorder[] =
- "Operands and options may be intermixed. They will be reordered.\n";
- static cch_t eng_zReqFmt[] =
- "ERROR: %s option requires the %s option\n";
- static cch_t eng_zReqOptFmt[] =
- " %3s %-14s %s";
- static cch_t eng_zReqThese[] =
- "requires these options:\n";
- static cch_t eng_zReq_NoShrtTtl[] =
- " Arg Option-Name Req? Description\n";
- static cch_t eng_zReq_ShrtTtl[] =
- " Flg Arg Option-Name Req? Description\n";
- static cch_t eng_zSepChars[] =
- "-_^";
- static cch_t eng_zSetMembers[] =
- "members=";
- static cch_t eng_zSetMemberSettings[] =
- "or you may use a numeric representation. Preceding these with a '!' will\n\
-clear the bits, specifying 'none' will clear all bits, and 'all' will set them\n\
-all. Multiple entries may be passed as an option argument list.\n";
- static cch_t eng_zShrtGnuOptFmt[] =
- "%s";
- static cch_t eng_zSixSpaces[] =
- " ";
- static cch_t eng_zStdBoolArg[] =
- "T/F";
- static cch_t eng_zStdBreak[] =
- "\n\
-%s\n\n\
-%s";
- static cch_t eng_zStdKeyArg[] =
- "KWd";
- static cch_t eng_zStdKeyLArg[] =
- "Mbr";
- static cch_t eng_zStdNestArg[] =
- "Cpx";
- static cch_t eng_zStdNoArg[] =
- "no ";
- static cch_t eng_zStdNumArg[] =
- "Num";
- static cch_t eng_zStdOptArg[] =
- "opt";
- static cch_t eng_zStdReqArg[] =
- "YES";
- static cch_t eng_zStdStrArg[] =
- "Str";
- static cch_t eng_zTabHyp[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- ";
- static cch_t eng_zTabHypAnd[] =
- "\t\t\t\t-- and ";
- static cch_t eng_zTabout[] =
- "\t\t\t\t%s\n";
- static cch_t eng_zThreeSpaces[] =
- " ";
- static cch_t eng_zTwoSpaces[] =
- " ";
- static cch_t eng_zUpTo[] =
- "\t\t\t\t- may appear up to %d times\n";
- static cch_t eng_zValidKeys[] =
- "The valid \"%s\" option keywords are:\n";
-
- /*
- * Now, define (and initialize) the structure that contains
- * the pointers to all these strings.
- * Aren't you glad you don't maintain this by hand?
- */
- usage_text_t option_usage_text = {
- 114,
- eng_zGnuBoolArg, eng_zGnuKeyArg, eng_zGnuKeyLArg, eng_zGnuNumArg,
- eng_zGnuStrArg,
- {
- eng_zAO_Bad, eng_zAO_Big, eng_zAO_Err,
- eng_zAO_Sml, eng_zAll, eng_zAlt,
- eng_zAmbigKey, eng_zAmbiguous, eng_zArgsMust,
- eng_zAtMost, eng_zAuto, eng_zBadPipe,
- eng_zBadVerArg, eng_zCantFmt, eng_zCantSave,
- eng_zDefaultOpt, eng_zDis, eng_zEnab,
- eng_zEquiv, eng_zErrOnly, eng_zExamineFmt,
- eng_zFiveSpaces, eng_zFlagOkay, eng_zFmtFmt,
- eng_zForkFail, eng_zFSErrOptLoad, eng_zFSErrReadFile,
- eng_zGenshell, eng_zGnuBreak, eng_zGnuNestArg,
- eng_zGnuOptArg, eng_zGnuOptFmt, eng_zHomePath,
- eng_zIllOptChr, eng_zIllOptStr, eng_zIllegal,
- eng_zInvalOptDesc, eng_zKeyWords, eng_zLoadCooked,
- eng_zLoadKeep, eng_zLoadType, eng_zLoadUncooked,
- eng_zLtypeInteger, eng_zLtypeNest, eng_zLtypeString,
- eng_zLtypeBool, eng_zLtypeKeyword, eng_zLtypeSetMembership,
- eng_zMembers, eng_zMisArg, eng_zMultiEquiv,
- eng_zMust, eng_zNeedOne, eng_zNoArg,
- eng_zNoArgs, eng_zNoCreat, eng_zNoFlags,
- eng_zNoKey, eng_zNoLim, eng_zNoPreset,
- eng_zNoRq_NoShrtTtl, eng_zNoRq_ShrtTtl, eng_zNoStat,
- eng_zNoState, eng_zNone, eng_zNotDef,
- eng_zNotEnough, eng_zNotFile, eng_zNotNumber,
- eng_zNrmOptFmt, eng_zNumberOpt, eng_zOneSpace,
- eng_zOnlyOne, eng_zOptsOnly, eng_zPathFmt,
- eng_zPlsSendBugs, eng_zPreset, eng_zPresetFile,
- eng_zPresetIntro, eng_zProg, eng_zProhib,
- eng_zReorder, eng_zReqFmt, eng_zReqOptFmt,
- eng_zReqThese, eng_zReq_NoShrtTtl, eng_zReq_ShrtTtl,
- eng_zSepChars, eng_zSetMembers, eng_zSetMemberSettings,
- eng_zShrtGnuOptFmt, eng_zSixSpaces, eng_zStdBoolArg,
- eng_zStdBreak, eng_zStdKeyArg, eng_zStdKeyLArg,
- eng_zStdNestArg, eng_zStdNoArg, eng_zStdNumArg,
- eng_zStdOptArg, eng_zStdReqArg, eng_zStdStrArg,
- eng_zTabHyp, eng_zTabHypAnd, eng_zTabout,
- eng_zThreeSpaces, eng_zTwoSpaces, eng_zUpTo,
- eng_zValidKeys
- }
- };
-
-#endif /* DO_TRANSLATIONS */
-#endif /* AUTOOPTS_USAGE_TXT_H_GUARD */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: boolean.c,v 4.2 2005/01/09 00:25:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-14 08:24:12 bkorb"
- *
- * Automated Options Paged Usage module.
- *
- * This routine will run run-on options through a pager so the
- * user may examine, print or edit them at their leisure.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/*=export_func optionBooleanVal
- * private:
- *
- * what: Decipher a boolean value
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + the descriptor for this arg +
- *
- * doc:
- * Decipher a true or false value for a boolean valued option argument.
- * The value is true, unless it starts with 'n' or 'f' or "#f" or
- * it is an empty string or it is a number that evaluates to zero.
-=*/
-void
-optionBooleanVal( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOD )
-{
- long val;
- char* pz;
- ag_bool res = AG_TRUE;
-
- switch (*(pOD->pzLastArg)) {
- case '0':
- val = strtol( pOD->pzLastArg, &pz, 0 );
- if ((val != 0) || (*pz != NUL))
- break;
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 'N':
- case 'n':
- case 'F':
- case 'f':
- case NUL:
- res = AG_FALSE;
- break;
- case '#':
- if (pOD->pzLastArg[1] != 'f')
- break;
- res = AG_FALSE;
- }
-
- pOD->pzLastArg = (char*)res;
-}
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/boolean.c */
+++ /dev/null
-/* -*- Mode: C -*- */
-
-/* --- fake the preprocessor into handlng portability */
-/*
- * Time-stamp: "2005-09-20 19:29:16 bkorb"
- *
- * Author: Gary V Vaughan <gvaughan@oranda.demon.co.uk>
- * Created: Mon Jun 30 15:54:46 1997
- *
- * $Id: compat.h,v 4.1 2005/01/01 00:20:58 bkorb Exp $
- */
-#ifndef COMPAT_H
-#define COMPAT_H 1
-
-#ifndef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# error "compat.h" requires "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
- char * strsignal( int signo );
-#endif
-
-#define _GNU_SOURCE 1 /* for strsignal in GNU's libc */
-#define __USE_GNU 1 /* exact same thing as above */
-#define __EXTENSIONS__ 1 /* and another way to call for it */
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * SYSTEM HEADERS:
- */
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#if HAVE_SYS_PROCSET_H
-# include <sys/procset.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-
-#if defined( HAVE_POSIX_SYSINFO )
-# include <sys/systeminfo.h>
-#elif defined( HAVE_UNAME_SYSCALL )
-# include <sys/utsname.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DAEMON_ENABLED
-# if HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H
-# include <sys/stropts.h>
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
-# include <sys/socket.h>
-# endif
-
-# if ! defined(HAVE_SYS_POLL_H) && ! defined(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)
-# error This system cannot support daemon processing
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_SYS_POLL_H
-# include <sys/poll.h>
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
-# include <sys/select.h>
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
-# include <netinet/in.h>
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_SYS_UN_H
-# include <sys/un.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * USER HEADERS:
- */
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-/*
- * Directory opening stuff:
- */
-# if defined (_POSIX_SOURCE)
-/* Posix does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
- systems do not provide it. */
-# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
-# else /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */
-# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) (dp->d_ino != 0)
-# endif /* !_POSIX_SOURCE */
-
-# if defined (HAVE_DIRENT_H)
-# include <dirent.h>
-# define D_NAMLEN(dirent) strlen((dirent)->d_name)
-# else /* !HAVE_DIRENT_H */
-# define dirent direct
-# define D_NAMLEN(dirent) (dirent)->d_namlen
-# if defined (HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H)
-# include <sys/ndir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
-# if defined (HAVE_SYS_DIR_H)
-# include <sys/dir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
-# if defined (HAVE_NDIR_H)
-# include <ndir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_NDIR_H */
-# endif /* !HAVE_DIRENT_H */
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
-# include <fcntl.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
-# define O_NONBLOCK FNDELAY
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HAVE_LIBGEN) && defined(HAVE_LIBGEN_H)
-# include <libgen.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <memory.h>
-#include <setjmp.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-
-#if defined( HAVE_STDINT_H )
-# include <stdint.h>
-#elif defined( HAVE_INTTYPES_H )
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <time.h>
-#include <utime.h>
-
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * FIXUPS and CONVIENCE STUFF:
- */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-# define EXTERN extern "C"
-#else
-# define EXTERN extern
-#endif
-
-/* some systems #def errno! and others do not declare it!! */
-#ifndef errno
- extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-/* Some machines forget this! */
-
-# ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
-# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
-# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
-# endif
-
-#ifndef NUL
-# define NUL '\0'
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NULL
-# define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (MAXPATHLEN) && defined (HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif /* !MAXPATHLEN && HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
-
-#if !defined (MAXPATHLEN) && defined (PATH_MAX)
-# define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX
-#endif /* !MAXPATHLEN && PATH_MAX */
-
-#if !defined (MAXPATHLEN)
-# define MAXPATHLEN 4096
-#endif /* MAXPATHLEN */
-
-#ifndef LONG_MAX
-# define LONG_MAX ~(1L << (8*sizeof(long) -1))
-# define INT_MAX ~(1 << (8*sizeof(int) -1))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ULONG_MAX
-# define ULONG_MAX ~(OUL)
-# define UINT_MAX ~(OU)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SHORT_MAX
-# define SHORT_MAX ~(1 << (8*sizeof(short) -1))
-#else
-# define USHORT_MAX ~(OUS)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_INT8_T
- typedef signed char int8_t;
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_UINT8_T
- typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_INT16_T
- typedef signed short int16_t;
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_UINT16_T
- typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_INT32_T
-# if SIZEOF_INT == 4
- typedef signed int int32_t;
-# elif SIZEOF_LONG == 4
- typedef signed int int32_t;
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_UINT32_T
-# if SIZEOF_INT == 4
- typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
-# elif SIZEOF_LONG == 4
- typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
-# else
-# error Cannot create a uint32_t type.
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_INTPTR_T
- typedef signed long intptr_t;
-#endif
-#ifndef HAVE_UINTPTR_T
- typedef unsigned long uintptr_t;
-#endif
-
-/* redefine these for BSD style string libraries */
-#ifndef HAVE_STRCHR
-# define strchr index
-# define strrchr rindex
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_FOPEN_BINARY
-# ifndef FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG
-# define FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG "b"
-# endif
-# ifndef FOPEN_TEXT_FLAG
-# define FOPEN_TEXT_FLAG "t"
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG
-# define FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG
-# endif
-# ifndef FOPEN_TEXT_FLAG
-# define FOPEN_TEXT_FLAG
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef STR
-# define _STR(s) #s
-# define STR(s) _STR(s)
-#endif
-
-/* ##### Pointer sized word ##### */
-
-/* FIXME: the MAX stuff in here is broken! */
-#if SIZEOF_CHARP > SIZEOF_INT
- typedef long t_word;
- #define WORD_MAX LONG_MAX
- #define WORD_MIN LONG_MIN
-#else /* SIZEOF_CHARP <= SIZEOF_INT */
- typedef int t_word;
- #define WORD_MAX INT_MAX
- #define WORD_MIN INT_MIN
-#endif
-
-#endif /* COMPAT_H */
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of compat/compat.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* -*- Mode: C -*- */
-
-/* pathfind.c --- find a FILE MODE along PATH */
-
-/*
- * Author: Gary V Vaughan <gvaughan@oranda.demon.co.uk>
- * Created: Tue Jun 24 15:07:31 1997
- * Last Modified: $Date: 2005/07/27 17:26:32 $
- * by: bkorb
- *
- * $Id: pathfind.c,v 4.4 2005/07/27 17:26:32 bkorb Exp $
- */
-
-/* Code: */
-
-#include "compat.h"
-#ifndef HAVE_PATHFIND
-
-static char* make_absolute( const char *string, const char *dot_path );
-static char* canonicalize_pathname( char *path );
-static char* extract_colon_unit( char* dir, const char *string, int *p_index );
-
-
-/*=export_func pathfind
- *
- * what: fild a file in a list of directories
- *
- * ifndef: HAVE_PATHFIND
- *
- * arg: + const char* + path + colon separated list of search directories +
- * arg: + const char* + file + the name of the file to look for +
- * arg: + const char* + mode + the mode bits that must be set to match +
- *
- * ret_type: char*
- * ret_desc: the path to the located file
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * pathfind looks for a a file with name "FILE" and "MODE" access
- * along colon delimited "PATH", and returns the full pathname as a
- * string, or NULL if not found. If "FILE" contains a slash, then
- * it is treated as a relative or absolute path and "PATH" is ignored.
- *
- * @strong{NOTE}: this function is compiled into @file{libopts} only if
- * it is not natively supplied.
- *
- * The "MODE" argument is a string of option letters chosen from the
- * list below:
- * @example
- * Letter Meaning
- * r readable
- * w writable
- * x executable
- * f normal file (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * b block special (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * c character special (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * d directory (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * p FIFO (pipe) (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * u set user ID bit (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * g set group ID bit (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * k sticky bit (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * s size nonzero (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
- * @end example
- *
- * example:
- * To find the "ls" command using the "PATH" environment variable:
- * @example
- * #include <stdlib.h>
- * char* pz_ls = pathfind( getenv("PATH"), "ls", "rx" );
- * <<do whatever with pz_ls>>
- * free( pz_ls );
- * @end example
- * The path is allocated with @code{malloc(3C)}, so you must @code{free(3C)}
- * the result. Also, do not use unimplemented file modes. :-)
- *
- * err: returns NULL if the file is not found.
-=*/
-char*
-pathfind( const char* path,
- const char* fileName,
- const char* mode )
-{
- int p_index = 0;
- int mode_bits = 0;
- char* pathName = NULL;
- char zPath[ MAXPATHLEN + 1 ];
-
- if (strchr( mode, 'r' )) mode_bits |= R_OK;
- if (strchr( mode, 'w' )) mode_bits |= W_OK;
- if (strchr( mode, 'x' )) mode_bits |= X_OK;
-
- /*
- * FOR each non-null entry in the colon-separated path, DO ...
- */
- for (;;) {
- DIR* dirP;
- char* colon_unit = extract_colon_unit( zPath, path, &p_index );
-
- /*
- * IF no more entries, THEN quit
- */
- if (colon_unit == NULL)
- break;
-
- dirP = opendir( colon_unit );
-
- /*
- * IF the directory is inaccessable, THEN next directory
- */
- if (dirP == NULL)
- continue;
-
- /*
- * FOR every entry in the given directory, ...
- */
- for (;;) {
- struct dirent *entP = readdir( dirP );
-
- if (entP == (struct dirent*)NULL)
- break;
-
- /*
- * IF the file name matches the one we are looking for, ...
- */
- if (strcmp( entP->d_name, fileName ) == 0) {
- char* pzFullName = make_absolute( fileName, colon_unit);
-
- /*
- * Make sure we can access it in the way we want
- */
- if (access( pzFullName, mode_bits ) >= 0) {
- /*
- * We can, so normalize the name and return it below
- */
- pathName = canonicalize_pathname( pzFullName );
- }
-
- free( (void*)pzFullName );
- break;
- }
- }
-
- closedir( dirP );
-
- if (pathName != NULL)
- break;
- }
-
- return pathName;
-}
-
-/*
- * Turn STRING (a pathname) into an absolute pathname, assuming that
- * DOT_PATH contains the symbolic location of `.'. This always returns
- * a new string, even if STRING was an absolute pathname to begin with.
- */
-static char*
-make_absolute( const char *string, const char *dot_path )
-{
- char *result;
- int result_len;
-
- if (!dot_path || *string == '/') {
- result = strdup( string );
- } else {
- if (dot_path && dot_path[0]) {
- result = malloc( 2 + strlen( dot_path ) + strlen( string ) );
- strcpy( result, dot_path );
- result_len = strlen( result );
- if (result[result_len - 1] != '/') {
- result[result_len++] = '/';
- result[result_len] = '\0';
- }
- } else {
- result = malloc( 3 + strlen( string ) );
- result[0] = '.'; result[1] = '/'; result[2] = '\0';
- result_len = 2;
- }
-
- strcpy( result + result_len, string );
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-/*
- * Canonicalize PATH, and return a new path. The new path differs from
- * PATH in that:
- *
- * Multiple `/'s are collapsed to a single `/'.
- * Leading `./'s are removed.
- * Trailing `/.'s are removed.
- * Trailing `/'s are removed.
- * Non-leading `../'s and trailing `..'s are handled by removing
- * portions of the path.
- */
-static char*
-canonicalize_pathname( char *path )
-{
- int i, start;
- char stub_char, *result;
-
- /* The result cannot be larger than the input PATH. */
- result = strdup( path );
-
- stub_char = (*path == '/') ? '/' : '.';
-
- /* Walk along RESULT looking for things to compact. */
- i = 0;
- while (result[i]) {
- while (result[i] != '\0' && result[i] != '/')
- i++;
-
- start = i++;
-
- /* If we didn't find any slashes, then there is nothing left to
- * do.
- */
- if (!result[start])
- break;
-
- /* Handle multiple `/'s in a row. */
- while (result[i] == '/')
- i++;
-
-#if !defined (apollo)
- if ((start + 1) != i)
-#else
- if ((start + 1) != i && (start != 0 || i != 2))
-#endif /* apollo */
- {
- strcpy( result + start + 1, result + i );
- i = start + 1;
- }
-
- /* Handle backquoted `/'. */
- if (start > 0 && result[start - 1] == '\\')
- continue;
-
- /* Check for trailing `/', and `.' by itself. */
- if ((start && !result[i])
- || (result[i] == '.' && !result[i+1])) {
- result[--i] = '\0';
- break;
- }
-
- /* Check for `../', `./' or trailing `.' by itself. */
- if (result[i] == '.') {
- /* Handle `./'. */
- if (result[i + 1] == '/') {
- strcpy( result + i, result + i + 1 );
- i = (start < 0) ? 0 : start;
- continue;
- }
-
- /* Handle `../' or trailing `..' by itself. */
- if (result[i + 1] == '.' &&
- (result[i + 2] == '/' || !result[i + 2])) {
- while (--start > -1 && result[start] != '/')
- ;
- strcpy( result + start + 1, result + i + 2 );
- i = (start < 0) ? 0 : start;
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (!*result) {
- *result = stub_char;
- result[1] = '\0';
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-/*
- * Given a string containing units of information separated by colons,
- * return the next one pointed to by (P_INDEX), or NULL if there are no
- * more. Advance (P_INDEX) to the character after the colon.
- */
-static char*
-extract_colon_unit( char* pzDir, const char *string, int *p_index )
-{
- char* pzDest = pzDir;
- int ix = *p_index;
-
- if (string == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- if ((unsigned)ix >= strlen( string ))
- return NULL;
-
- {
- const char* pzSrc = string + ix;
-
- while (*pzSrc == ':') pzSrc++;
-
- for (;;) {
- char ch = (*(pzDest++) = *(pzSrc++));
- switch (ch) {
- case ':':
- pzDest[-1] = NUL;
- case NUL:
- goto copy_done;
- }
-
- if ((pzDest - pzDir) >= MAXPATHLEN)
- break;
- } copy_done:;
-
- ix = pzSrc - string;
- }
-
- if (*pzDir == NUL)
- return NULL;
-
- *p_index = ix;
- return pzDir;
-}
-
-#endif /* HAVE_PATHFIND */
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of compat/pathfind.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-#ifndef HAVE_VPRINTF
-# include "choke-me: no vprintf and no snprintf"
-#endif
-
-static int
-snprintf(char *str, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- int rval;
-
-#ifdef VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
- char *rp;
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- rp = vsprintf(str, fmt, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- rval = strlen(rp);
-
-#else
- va_start(ap, fmt);
- rval = vsprintf(str, fmt, ap);
- va_end(ap);
-#endif
-
- return rval;
-}
-
-static int
-vsnprintf( char *str, size_t n, const char *fmt, va_list ap )
-{
-#ifdef VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
- return (strlen(vsprintf(str, fmt, ap)));
-#else
- return (vsprintf(str, fmt, ap));
-#endif
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Define malloc and friends.
- */
-
-static char *
-strdup( const char *s )
-{
- char *cp;
-
- if (s == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- cp = (char *) malloc((unsigned) (strlen(s)+1));
-
- if (cp != NULL)
- (void) strcpy(cp, s);
-
- return cp;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * $Id: configfile.c,v 4.10 2005/07/27 17:26:32 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-07-27 10:09:29 bkorb"
- *
- * configuration/rc/ini file handling.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static void
-filePreset(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- const char* pzFileName,
- int direction );
-
-static char*
-handleComment( char* pzText );
-
-static char*
-handleConfig(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptState* pOS,
- char* pzText,
- int direction );
-
-static char*
-handleDirective(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText );
-
-static char*
-handleProgramSection(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText );
-
-static char*
-handleStructure(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptState* pOS,
- char* pzText,
- int direction );
-
-static char*
-parseKeyWordType(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText,
- tOptionValue* pType );
-
-static char*
-parseLoadMode(
- char* pzText,
- tOptionLoadMode* pMode );
-
-static char*
-parseSetMemType(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText,
- tOptionValue* pType );
-
-static char*
-parseValueType(
- char* pzText,
- tOptionValue* pType );
-
-static char*
-skipUnknown( char* pzText );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-
-/*=export_func configFileLoad
- *
- * what: parse a configuration file
- * arg: + const char* + pzFile + the file to load +
- *
- * ret_type: const tOptionValue*
- * ret_desc: An allocated, compound value structure
- *
- * doc:
- * This routine will load a named configuration file and parse the
- * text as a hierarchically valued option. The option descriptor
- * created from an option definition file is not used via this interface.
- * The returned value is "named" with the input file name and is of
- * type "@code{OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY}". It may be used in calls to
- * @code{optionGetValue()}, @code{optionNextValue()} and
- * @code{optionUnloadNested()}.
- *
- * err:
- * If the file cannot be loaded or processed, @code{NULL} is returned and
- * @var{errno} is set. It may be set by a call to either @code{open(2)}
- * @code{mmap(2)} or other file system calls, or it may be:
- * @itemize @bullet
- * @item
- * @code{ENOENT} - the file was empty.
- * @item
- * @code{EINVAL} - the file contents are invalid -- not properly formed.
- * @item
- * @code{ENOMEM} - not enough memory to allocate the needed structures.
- * @end itemize
-=*/
-const tOptionValue*
-configFileLoad( const char* pzFile )
-{
- tmap_info_t cfgfile;
- tOptionValue* pRes = NULL;
- char* pzText =
- text_mmap( pzFile, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, &cfgfile );
-
- if (pzText == MAP_FAILED)
- return NULL; /* errno is set */
-
- pRes = optionLoadNested(pzText, pzFile, strlen(pzFile), OPTION_LOAD_COOKED);
-
- if (pRes == NULL) {
- int err = errno;
- text_munmap( &cfgfile );
- errno = err;
- } else
- text_munmap( &cfgfile );
- return pRes;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionFindValue
- *
- * what: find a hierarcicaly valued option instance
- * arg: + const tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + an option with a nested arg type +
- * arg: + const char* + name + name of value to find +
- * arg: + const char* + value + the matching value +
- *
- * ret_type: const tOptionValue*
- * ret_desc: a compound value structure
- *
- * doc:
- * This routine will find an entry in a nested value option or configurable.
- * It will search through the list and return a matching entry.
- *
- * err:
- * The returned result is NULL and errno is set:
- * @itemize @bullet
- * @item
- * @code{EINVAL} - the @code{pOptValue} does not point to a valid
- * hierarchical option value.
- * @item
- * @code{ENOENT} - no entry matched the given name.
- * @end itemize
-=*/
-const tOptionValue*
-optionFindValue( const tOptDesc* pOptDesc,
- const char* pzName, const char* pzVal )
-{
- const tOptionValue* pRes = NULL;
-
- if ( (pOptDesc == NULL)
- || (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOptDesc->fOptState) != OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY)) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- }
-
- else if (pOptDesc->optCookie == NULL) {
- errno = ENOENT;
- }
-
- else do {
- tArgList* pAL = pOptDesc->optCookie;
- int ct = pAL->useCt;
- const tOptionValue** ppOV =
- (const tOptionValue**)(void*)&(pAL->apzArgs);
-
- if (ct == 0) {
- errno = ENOENT;
- break;
- }
-
- if (pzName == NULL) {
- pRes = *ppOV;
- break;
- }
-
- while (--ct >= 0) {
- const tOptionValue* pOV = *(ppOV++);
- const tOptionValue* pRV = optionGetValue( pOV, pzName );
-
- if (pRV == NULL)
- continue;
-
- if (pzVal == NULL) {
- pRes = pOV;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (pRes == NULL)
- errno = ENOENT;
- } while (0);
-
- return pRes;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionFindNextValue
- *
- * what: find a hierarcicaly valued option instance
- * arg: + const tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + an option with a nested arg type +
- * arg: + const tOptionValue* + pPrevVal + the last entry +
- * arg: + const char* + name + name of value to find +
- * arg: + const char* + value + the matching value +
- *
- * ret_type: const tOptionValue*
- * ret_desc: a compound value structure
- *
- * doc:
- * This routine will find the next entry in a nested value option or
- * configurable. It will search through the list and return the next entry
- * that matches the criteria.
- *
- * err:
- * The returned result is NULL and errno is set:
- * @itemize @bullet
- * @item
- * @code{EINVAL} - the @code{pOptValue} does not point to a valid
- * hierarchical option value.
- * @item
- * @code{ENOENT} - no entry matched the given name.
- * @end itemize
-=*/
-const tOptionValue*
-optionFindNextValue( const tOptDesc* pOptDesc, const tOptionValue* pPrevVal,
- const char* pzName, const char* pzVal )
-{
- int foundOldVal = 0;
- tOptionValue* pRes = NULL;
-
- if ( (pOptDesc == NULL)
- || (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOptDesc->fOptState) != OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY)) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- }
-
- else if (pOptDesc->optCookie == NULL) {
- errno = ENOENT;
- }
-
- else do {
- tArgList* pAL = pOptDesc->optCookie;
- int ct = pAL->useCt;
- tOptionValue** ppOV = (tOptionValue**)(void*)&(pAL->apzArgs);
-
- if (ct == 0) {
- errno = ENOENT;
- break;
- }
-
- while (--ct >= 0) {
- tOptionValue* pOV = *(ppOV++);
- if (foundOldVal) {
- pRes = pOV;
- break;
- }
- if (pOV == pPrevVal)
- foundOldVal = 1;
- }
- if (pRes == NULL)
- errno = ENOENT;
- } while (0);
-
- return pRes;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionGetValue
- *
- * what: get a specific value from a hierarcical list
- * arg: + const tOptionValue* + pOptValue + a hierarchcal value +
- * arg: + const char* + valueName + name of value to get +
- *
- * ret_type: const tOptionValue*
- * ret_desc: a compound value structure
- *
- * doc:
- * This routine will find an entry in a nested value option or configurable.
- * If "valueName" is NULL, then the first entry is returned. Otherwise,
- * the first entry with a name that exactly matches the argument will be
- * returned.
- *
- * err:
- * The returned result is NULL and errno is set:
- * @itemize @bullet
- * @item
- * @code{EINVAL} - the @code{pOptValue} does not point to a valid
- * hierarchical option value.
- * @item
- * @code{ENOENT} - no entry matched the given name.
- * @end itemize
-=*/
-const tOptionValue*
-optionGetValue( const tOptionValue* pOld, const char* pzValName )
-{
- tArgList* pAL;
- tOptionValue* pRes = NULL;
-
- if ((pOld == NULL) || (pOld->valType != OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY)) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return NULL;
- }
- pAL = pOld->v.nestVal;
-
- if (pAL->useCt > 0) {
- int ct = pAL->useCt;
- tOptionValue** papOV = (tOptionValue**)(pAL->apzArgs);
-
- if (pzValName == NULL) {
- pRes = *papOV;
- }
-
- else do {
- tOptionValue* pOV = *(papOV++);
- if (strcmp( pOV->pzName, pzValName ) == 0) {
- pRes = pOV;
- break;
- }
- } while (--ct > 0);
- }
- if (pRes == NULL)
- errno = ENOENT;
- return pRes;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionNextValue
- *
- * what: get the next value from a hierarchical list
- * arg: + const tOptionValue* + pOptValue + a hierarchcal list value +
- * arg: + const tOptionValue* + pOldValue + a value from this list +
- *
- * ret_type: const tOptionValue*
- * ret_desc: a compound value structure
- *
- * doc:
- * This routine will return the next entry after the entry passed in. At the
- * end of the list, NULL will be returned. If the entry is not found on the
- * list, NULL will be returned and "@var{errno}" will be set to EINVAL.
- * The "@var{pOldValue}" must have been gotten from a prior call to this
- * routine or to "@code{opitonGetValue()}".
- *
- * err:
- * The returned result is NULL and errno is set:
- * @itemize @bullet
- * @item
- * @code{EINVAL} - the @code{pOptValue} does not point to a valid
- * hierarchical option value or @code{pOldValue} does not point to a
- * member of that option value.
- * @item
- * @code{ENOENT} - the supplied @code{pOldValue} pointed to the last entry.
- * @end itemize
-=*/
-const tOptionValue*
-optionNextValue( const tOptionValue* pOVList, const tOptionValue* pOldOV )
-{
- tArgList* pAL;
- tOptionValue* pRes = NULL;
- int err = EINVAL;
-
- if ((pOVList == NULL) || (pOVList->valType != OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY)) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return NULL;
- }
- pAL = pOVList->v.nestVal;
- {
- int ct = pAL->useCt;
- tOptionValue** papNV = (tOptionValue**)(pAL->apzArgs);
-
- while (ct-- > 0) {
- tOptionValue* pNV = *(papNV++);
- if (pNV == pOldOV) {
- if (ct == 0) {
- err = ENOENT;
-
- } else {
- err = 0;
- pRes = *papNV;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (err != 0)
- errno = err;
- return pRes;
-}
-
-
-/* filePreset
- *
- * Load a file containing presetting information (a configuration file).
- */
-static void
-filePreset(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- const char* pzFileName,
- int direction )
-{
- tmap_info_t cfgfile;
- char* pzFileText =
- text_mmap( pzFileName, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE, &cfgfile );
- tOptState st = OPTSTATE_INITIALIZER(PRESET);
-
- if (pzFileText == MAP_FAILED)
- return;
-
- if (direction == DIRECTION_CALLED) {
- st.flags = OPTST_DEFINED;
- direction = DIRECTION_PROCESS;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF this is called via "optionProcess", then we are presetting.
- * This is the default and the PRESETTING bit will be set.
- * If this is called via "optionFileLoad", then the bit is not set
- * and we consider stuff set herein to be "set" by the client program.
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_PRESETTING) == 0)
- st.flags = OPTST_SET;
-
- do {
- while (isspace( *pzFileText )) pzFileText++;
-
- if (isalpha( *pzFileText )) {
- pzFileText = handleConfig( pOpts, &st, pzFileText, direction );
-
- } else switch (*pzFileText) {
- case '<':
- if (isalpha( pzFileText[1] ))
- pzFileText = handleStructure(pOpts, &st, pzFileText, direction);
-
- else switch (pzFileText[1]) {
- case '?':
- pzFileText = handleDirective( pOpts, pzFileText );
- break;
-
- case '!':
- pzFileText = handleComment( pzFileText );
- break;
-
- case '/':
- pzFileText = strchr( pzFileText+2, '>' );
- if (pzFileText++ != NULL)
- break;
-
- default:
- goto all_done;
- }
- break;
-
- case '[':
- pzFileText = handleProgramSection( pOpts, pzFileText );
- break;
-
- case '#':
- pzFileText = strchr( pzFileText+1, '\n' );
- break;
-
- default:
- goto all_done; /* invalid format */
- }
- } while (pzFileText != NULL);
-
- all_done:
- text_munmap( &cfgfile );
-}
-
-
-/* handleComment
- *
- * "pzText" points to a "<!" sequence.
- * Theoretically, we should ensure that it begins with "<!--",
- * but actually I don't care that much. It ends with "-->".
- */
-static char*
-handleComment( char* pzText )
-{
- char* pz = strstr( pzText, "-->" );
- if (pz != NULL)
- pz += 3;
- return pz;
-}
-
-
-/* handleConfig
- *
- * "pzText" points to the start of some value name.
- * The end of the entry is the end of the line that is not preceded by
- * a backslash escape character. The string value is always processed
- * in "cooked" mode.
- */
-static char*
-handleConfig(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptState* pOS,
- char* pzText,
- int direction )
-{
- char* pzName = pzText++;
- char* pzEnd = strchr( pzText, '\n' );
-
- while (ISNAMECHAR( *pzText )) pzText++;
- while (isspace( *pzText )) pzText++;
- if (pzText > pzEnd) {
- name_only:
- *pzEnd++ = NUL;
- loadOptionLine( pOpts, pOS, pzName, direction, OPTION_LOAD_UNCOOKED );
- return pzEnd;
- }
-
- /*
- * Either the first character after the name is a ':' or '=',
- * or else we must have skipped over white space. Anything else
- * is an invalid format and we give up parsing the text.
- */
- if ((*pzText == '=') || (*pzText == ':')) {
- while (isspace( *++pzText )) ;
- if (pzText > pzEnd)
- goto name_only;
- } else if (! isspace(pzText[-1]))
- return NULL;
-
- /*
- * IF the value is continued, remove the backslash escape and push "pzEnd"
- * on to a newline *not* preceded by a backslash.
- */
- if (pzEnd[-1] == '\\') {
- char* pcD = pzEnd-1;
- char* pcS = pzEnd;
-
- for (;;) {
- char ch = *(pcS++);
- switch (ch) {
- case NUL:
- pcS = NULL;
-
- case '\n':
- *pcD = NUL;
- pzEnd = pcS;
- goto copy_done;
-
- case '\\':
- if (*pcS == '\n') {
- ch = *(pcS++);
- }
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- default:
- *(pcD++) = ch;
- }
- } copy_done:;
-
- } else {
- /*
- * The newline was not preceded by a backslash. NUL it out
- */
- *(pzEnd++) = NUL;
- }
-
- /*
- * "pzName" points to what looks like text for one option/configurable.
- * It is NUL terminated. Process it.
- */
- loadOptionLine( pOpts, pOS, pzName, direction, OPTION_LOAD_UNCOOKED );
-
- return pzEnd;
-}
-
-
-/* handleDirective
- *
- * "pzText" points to a "<?" sequence.
- * For the moment, we only handle "<?program" directives.
- */
-static char*
-handleDirective(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText )
-{
- char ztitle[32] = "<?";
- size_t title_len = strlen( zProg );
- size_t name_len;
-
- if ( (strncmp( pzText+2, zProg, title_len ) != 0)
- || (! isspace( pzText[title_len+2] )) ) {
- pzText = strchr( pzText+2, '>' );
- if (pzText != NULL)
- pzText++;
- return pzText;
- }
-
- name_len = strlen( pOpts->pzProgName );
- strcpy( ztitle+2, zProg );
- title_len += 2;
-
- do {
- pzText += title_len;
-
- if (isspace(*pzText)) {
- while (isspace(*pzText)) pzText++;
- if ( (strneqvcmp( pzText, pOpts->pzProgName, name_len ) == 0)
- && (pzText[name_len] == '>')) {
- pzText += name_len + 1;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- pzText = strstr( pzText, ztitle );
- } while (pzText != NULL);
-
- return pzText;
-}
-
-
-/* handleProgramSection
- *
- * "pzText" points to a '[' character.
- * The "traditional" [PROG_NAME] segmentation of the config file.
- * Do not ever mix with the "<?program prog-name>" variation.
- */
-static char*
-handleProgramSection(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText )
-{
- size_t len = strlen( pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
- if ( (strncmp( pzText+1, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, len ) == 0)
- && (pzText[len+1] == ']'))
- return strchr( pzText + len + 2, '\n' );
-
- if (len > 16)
- return NULL;
-
- {
- char z[24];
- sprintf( z, "[%s]", pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
- pzText = strstr( pzText, z );
- }
-
- if (pzText != NULL)
- pzText = strchr( pzText, '\n' );
- return pzText;
-}
-
-
-/* handleStructure
- *
- * "pzText" points to a '<' character, followed by an alpha.
- * The end of the entry is either the "/>" following the name, or else a
- * "</name>" string.
- */
-static char*
-handleStructure(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptState* pOS,
- char* pzText,
- int direction )
-{
- tOptionLoadMode mode = OPTION_LOAD_UNCOOKED;
- tOptionValue valu;
-
- char* pzName = ++pzText;
- char* pcNulPoint;
-
- while (ISNAMECHAR( *pzText )) pzText++;
- pcNulPoint = pzText;
- valu.valType = OPARG_TYPE_STRING;
-
- switch (*pzText) {
- case ' ':
- case '\t':
- pzText = parseAttributes( pOpts, pzText, &mode, &valu );
- if (*pzText == '>')
- break;
- if (*pzText != '/')
- return NULL;
-
- case '/':
- if (pzText[1] != '>')
- return NULL;
- *pzText = NUL;
- pzText += 2;
- loadOptionLine( pOpts, pOS, pzName, direction, OPTION_LOAD_KEEP );
- return pzText;
-
- case '>':
- break;
-
- default:
- pzText = strchr( pzText, '>');
- if (pzText != NULL)
- pzText++;
- return pzText;
- }
-
- /*
- * If we are here, we have a value. Separate the name from the
- * value for a moment.
- */
- *pcNulPoint = NUL;
-
- /*
- * Find the end of the option text and NUL terminate it
- */
- {
- char z[64], *pz = z;
- size_t len = strlen(pzName) + 4;
- if (len > sizeof(z))
- pz = AGALOC(len, "scan name");
-
- sprintf( pz, "</%s>", pzName );
- *pzText = ' ';
- pzText = strstr( pzText, pz );
- if (pz != z) free(pz);
-
- if (pzText == NULL)
- return pzText;
-
- *pzText = NUL;
-
- pzText += len-1;
- }
-
- /*
- * Rejoin the name and value for parsing by "loadOptionLine()".
- */
- *(pcNulPoint++) = ' ';
-
- /*
- * "pzName" points to what looks like text for one option/configurable.
- * It is NUL terminated. Process it.
- */
- loadOptionLine( pOpts, pOS, pzName, direction, mode );
-
- return pzText;
-}
-
-
-/* internalFileLoad
- *
- * Load a configuration file. This may be invoked either from
- * scanning the "homerc" list, or from a specific file request.
- * (see "optionFileLoad()", the implementation for --load-opts)
- */
-LOCAL void
-internalFileLoad( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- int idx;
- int inc = DIRECTION_PRESET;
- char zFileName[ MAXPATHLEN+1 ];
-
- if (pOpts->papzHomeList == NULL)
- return;
-
- /*
- * Find the last RC entry (highest priority entry)
- */
- for (idx = 0; pOpts->papzHomeList[ idx+1 ] != NULL; ++idx) ;
-
- /*
- * For every path in the home list, ... *TWICE* We start at the last
- * (highest priority) entry, work our way down to the lowest priority,
- * handling the immediate options.
- * Then we go back up, doing the normal options.
- */
- for (;;) {
- struct stat StatBuf;
- cch_t* pzPath;
-
- /*
- * IF we've reached the bottom end, change direction
- */
- if (idx < 0) {
- inc = DIRECTION_PROCESS;
- idx = 0;
- }
-
- pzPath = pOpts->papzHomeList[ idx ];
-
- /*
- * IF we've reached the top end, bail out
- */
- if (pzPath == NULL)
- break;
-
- idx += inc;
-
- if (! optionMakePath( zFileName, sizeof( zFileName ),
- pzPath, pOpts->pzProgPath ))
- continue;
-
- /*
- * IF the file name we constructed is a directory,
- * THEN append the Resource Configuration file name
- * ELSE we must have the complete file name
- */
- if (stat( zFileName, &StatBuf ) != 0)
- continue; /* bogus name - skip the home list entry */
-
- if (S_ISDIR( StatBuf.st_mode )) {
- size_t len = strlen( zFileName );
- char* pz;
-
- if (len + 1 + strlen( pOpts->pzRcName ) >= sizeof( zFileName ))
- continue;
-
- pz = zFileName + len;
- if (pz[-1] != '/')
- *(pz++) = '/';
- strcpy( pz, pOpts->pzRcName );
- }
-
- filePreset( pOpts, zFileName, inc );
-
- /*
- * IF we are now to skip config files AND we are presetting,
- * THEN change direction. We must go the other way.
- */
- if (SKIP_RC_FILES(pOpts) && PRESETTING(inc)) {
- idx -= inc; /* go back and reprocess current file */
- inc = DIRECTION_PROCESS;
- }
- } /* For every path in the home list, ... */
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionFileLoad
- *
- * what: Load the locatable config files, in order
- *
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + const char* + pzProg + program name +
- *
- * ret_type: int
- * ret_desc: 0 -> SUCCESS, -1 -> FAILURE
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * This function looks in all the specified directories for a configuration
- * file ("rc" file or "ini" file) and processes any found twice. The first
- * time through, they are processed in reverse order (last file first). At
- * that time, only "immediate action" configurables are processed. For
- * example, if the last named file specifies not processing any more
- * configuration files, then no more configuration files will be processed.
- * Such an option in the @strong{first} named directory will have no effect.
- *
- * Once the immediate action configurables have been handled, then the
- * directories are handled in normal, forward order. In that way, later
- * config files can override the settings of earlier config files.
- *
- * See the AutoOpts documentation for a thorough discussion of the
- * config file format.
- *
- * Configuration files not found or not decipherable are simply ignored.
- *
- * err: Returns the value, "-1" if the program options descriptor
- * is out of date or indecipherable. Otherwise, the value "0" will
- * always be returned.
-=*/
-int
-optionFileLoad( tOptions* pOpts, const char* pzProgram )
-{
- if (! SUCCESSFUL( validateOptionsStruct( pOpts, pzProgram )))
- return -1;
-
- pOpts->pzProgName = pzProgram;
- internalFileLoad( pOpts );
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionLoadOpt
- * private:
- *
- * what: Load an option rc/ini file
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + the descriptor for this arg +
- *
- * doc:
- * Processes the options found in the file named with pOptDesc->pzLastArg.
-=*/
-void
-optionLoadOpt( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOptDesc )
-{
- /*
- * IF the option is not being disabled,
- * THEN load the file. There must be a file.
- * (If it is being disabled, then the disablement processing
- * already took place. It must be done to suppress preloading
- * of ini/rc files.)
- */
- if (! DISABLED_OPT( pOptDesc )) {
- struct stat sb;
- if (stat( pOptDesc->pzLastArg, &sb ) != 0) {
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ERRSTOP) == 0)
- return;
-
- fprintf( stderr, zFSErrOptLoad, errno, strerror( errno ),
- pOptDesc->pzLastArg );
- (*pOpts->pUsageProc)( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- /* NOT REACHED */
- }
-
- if (! S_ISREG( sb.st_mode )) {
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ERRSTOP) == 0)
- return;
-
- fprintf( stderr, zNotFile, pOptDesc->pzLastArg );
- (*pOpts->pUsageProc)( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- /* NOT REACHED */
- }
-
- filePreset(pOpts, pOptDesc->pzLastArg, DIRECTION_CALLED);
- }
-}
-
-
-/* parseAttributes
- *
- * Parse the various attributes of an XML-styled config file entry
- */
-LOCAL char*
-parseAttributes(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText,
- tOptionLoadMode* pMode,
- tOptionValue* pType )
-{
- size_t lenLoadType = strlen( zLoadType );
- size_t lenKeyWords = strlen( zKeyWords );
- size_t lenSetMem = strlen( zSetMembers );
-
- do {
- switch (*pzText) {
- case '/': pType->valType = OPARG_TYPE_NONE;
- case '>': return pzText;
-
- default:
- case NUL: return NULL;
-
- case ' ':
- case '\t':
- case '\n':
- case '\f':
- case '\r':
- case '\v':
- break;
- }
-
- while (isspace( *++pzText )) ;
-
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLoadType, lenLoadType ) == 0) {
- pzText = parseValueType( pzText+lenLoadType, pType );
- continue;
- }
-
- if (strncmp( pzText, zKeyWords, lenKeyWords ) == 0) {
- pzText = parseKeyWordType( pOpts, pzText+lenKeyWords, pType );
- continue;
- }
-
- if (strncmp( pzText, zSetMembers, lenSetMem ) == 0) {
- pzText = parseSetMemType( pOpts, pzText+lenSetMem, pType );
- continue;
- }
-
- pzText = parseLoadMode( pzText, pMode );
- } while (pzText != NULL);
-
- return pzText;
-}
-
-
-/* parseKeyWordType
- *
- * "pzText" points to the character after "words=".
- * What should follow is a name of a keyword (enumeration) list.
- */
-static char*
-parseKeyWordType(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText,
- tOptionValue* pType )
-{
- return skipUnknown( pzText );
-}
-
-
-/* parseLoadMode
- *
- * "pzText" points to some name character. We check for "cooked" or
- * "uncooked" or "keep". This function should handle any attribute
- * that does not have an associated value.
- */
-static char*
-parseLoadMode(
- char* pzText,
- tOptionLoadMode* pMode )
-{
- {
- size_t len = strlen(zLoadCooked);
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLoadCooked, len ) == 0) {
- if ( (pzText[len] == '>')
- || (pzText[len] == '/')
- || isspace(pzText[len])) {
- *pMode = OPTION_LOAD_COOKED;
- return pzText + len;
- }
- goto unknown;
- }
- }
-
- {
- size_t len = strlen(zLoadUncooked);
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLoadUncooked, len ) == 0) {
- if ( (pzText[len] == '>')
- || (pzText[len] == '/')
- || isspace(pzText[len])) {
- *pMode = OPTION_LOAD_UNCOOKED;
- return pzText + len;
- }
- goto unknown;
- }
- }
-
- {
- size_t len = strlen(zLoadKeep);
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLoadKeep, len ) == 0) {
- if ( (pzText[len] == '>')
- || (pzText[len] == '/')
- || isspace(pzText[len])) {
- *pMode = OPTION_LOAD_KEEP;
- return pzText + len;
- }
- goto unknown;
- }
- }
-
- unknown:
- return skipUnknown( pzText );
-}
-
-
-/* parseSetMemType
- *
- * "pzText" points to the character after "members="
- * What should follow is a name of a "set membership".
- * A collection of bit flags.
- */
-static char*
-parseSetMemType(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText,
- tOptionValue* pType )
-{
- return skipUnknown( pzText );
-}
-
-
-/* parseValueType
- *
- * "pzText" points to the character after "type="
- */
-static char*
-parseValueType(
- char* pzText,
- tOptionValue* pType )
-{
- {
- size_t len = strlen(zLtypeString);
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLtypeString, len ) == 0) {
- if ((pzText[len] == '>') || isspace(pzText[len])) {
- pType->valType = OPARG_TYPE_STRING;
- return pzText + len;
- }
- goto unknown;
- }
- }
-
- {
- size_t len = strlen(zLtypeInteger);
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLtypeInteger, len ) == 0) {
- if ((pzText[len] == '>') || isspace(pzText[len])) {
- pType->valType = OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC;
- return pzText + len;
- }
- goto unknown;
- }
- }
-
- {
- size_t len = strlen(zLtypeBool);
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLtypeBool, len ) == 0) {
- if ((pzText[len] == '>') || isspace(pzText[len])) {
- pType->valType = OPARG_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
- return pzText + len;
- }
- goto unknown;
- }
- }
-
- {
- size_t len = strlen(zLtypeKeyword);
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLtypeKeyword, len ) == 0) {
- if ((pzText[len] == '>') || isspace(pzText[len])) {
- pType->valType = OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION;
- return pzText + len;
- }
- goto unknown;
- }
- }
-
- {
- size_t len = strlen(zLtypeSetMembership);
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLtypeSetMembership, len ) == 0) {
- if ((pzText[len] == '>') || isspace(pzText[len])) {
- pType->valType = OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP;
- return pzText + len;
- }
- goto unknown;
- }
- }
-
- {
- size_t len = strlen(zLtypeNest);
- if (strncmp( pzText, zLtypeNest, len ) == 0) {
- if ((pzText[len] == '>') || isspace(pzText[len])) {
- pType->valType = OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY;
- return pzText + len;
- }
- goto unknown;
- }
- }
-
- unknown:
- pType->valType = OPARG_TYPE_NONE;
- return skipUnknown( pzText );
-}
-
-
-/* skipUnknown
- *
- * Skip over some unknown attribute
- */
-static char*
-skipUnknown( char* pzText )
-{
- for (;; pzText++) {
- if (isspace( *pzText )) return pzText;
- switch (*pzText) {
- case NUL: return NULL;
- case '/':
- case '>': return pzText;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/* validateOptionsStruct
- *
- * Make sure the option descriptor is there and that we understand it.
- * This should be called from any user entry point where one needs to
- * worry about validity. (Some entry points are free to assume that
- * the call is not the first to the library and, thus, that this has
- * already been called.)
- */
-LOCAL tSuccess
-validateOptionsStruct( tOptions* pOpts, const char* pzProgram )
-{
- if (pOpts == NULL) {
- fputs( zAO_Bad, stderr );
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- /*
- * IF the client has enabled translation and the translation procedure
- * is available, then go do it.
- */
- if ( ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_TRANSLATE) != 0)
- && (pOpts->pTransProc != 0) ) {
- (*pOpts->pTransProc)();
- pOpts->fOptSet &= ~OPTPROC_TRANSLATE;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF the struct version is not the current, and also
- * either too large (?!) or too small,
- * THEN emit error message and fail-exit
- */
- if ( ( pOpts->structVersion != OPTIONS_STRUCT_VERSION )
- && ( (pOpts->structVersion > OPTIONS_STRUCT_VERSION )
- || (pOpts->structVersion < OPTIONS_MINIMUM_VERSION )
- ) ) {
-
- fprintf( stderr, zAO_Err, pOpts->origArgVect[0],
- NUM_TO_VER( pOpts->structVersion ));
- if (pOpts->structVersion > OPTIONS_STRUCT_VERSION )
- fputs( zAO_Big, stderr );
- else
- fputs( zAO_Sml, stderr );
-
- return FAILURE;
- }
-
- /*
- * If the program name hasn't been set, then set the name and the path
- * and the set of equivalent characters.
- */
- if (pOpts->pzProgName == NULL) {
- const char* pz = strrchr( pzProgram, '/' );
-
- if (pz == NULL)
- pOpts->pzProgName = pzProgram;
- else pOpts->pzProgName = pz+1;
-
- pOpts->pzProgPath = pzProgram;
-
- /*
- * when comparing long names, these are equivalent
- */
- strequate( zSepChars );
- }
-
- return SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/configfile.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: cook.c,v 4.4 2005/06/07 22:25:12 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-05-20 13:58:56 bkorb"
- *
- * This file contains the routines that deal with processing quoted strings
- * into an internal format.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/*=export_func ao_string_cook_escape_char
- * private:
- *
- * what: escape-process a string fragment
- * arg: + const char* + pzScan + points to character after the escape +
- * arg: + char* + pRes + Where to put the result byte +
- * arg: + char + nl_ch + replacement char if scanned char is \n +
- *
- * ret-type: unsigned int
- * ret-desc: The number of bytes consumed processing the escaped character.
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * This function converts "t" into "\t" and all your other favorite
- * escapes, including numeric ones: hex and ocatal, too.
- * The returned result tells the caller how far to advance the
- * scan pointer (passed in). The default is to just pass through the
- * escaped character and advance the scan by one.
- *
- * Some applications need to keep an escaped newline, others need to
- * suppress it. This is accomplished by supplying a '\n' replacement
- * character that is different from \n, if need be. For example, use
- * 0x7F and never emit a 0x7F.
- *
- * err: @code{NULL} is returned if the string(s) is/are mal-formed.
-=*/
-unsigned int
-ao_string_cook_escape_char( const char* pzIn, char* pRes, char nl )
-{
- unsigned int res = 1;
-
- switch (*pRes = *pzIn++) {
- case NUL: /* NUL - end of input string */
- return 0;
- case '\r':
- if (*pzIn != '\n')
- return 1;
- res++;
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case '\n': /* NL - emit newline */
- *pRes = nl;
- return res;
-
- case 'a': *pRes = '\a'; break;
- case 'b': *pRes = '\b'; break;
- case 'f': *pRes = '\f'; break;
- case 'n': *pRes = '\n'; break;
- case 'r': *pRes = '\r'; break;
- case 't': *pRes = '\t'; break;
- case 'v': *pRes = '\v'; break;
-
- case 'x': /* HEX Escape */
- if (isxdigit( *pzIn )) {
- unsigned int val;
- unsigned char ch = *pzIn++;
-
- if ((ch >= 'A') && (ch <= 'F'))
- val = 10 + (ch - 'A');
- else if ((ch >= 'a') && (ch <= 'f'))
- val = 10 + (ch - 'a');
- else val = ch - '0';
-
- ch = *pzIn;
-
- if (! isxdigit( ch )) {
- *pRes = val;
- res = 2;
- break;
- }
- val <<= 4;
- if ((ch >= 'A') && (ch <= 'F'))
- val += 10 + (ch - 'A');
- else if ((ch >= 'a') && (ch <= 'f'))
- val += 10 + (ch - 'a');
- else val += ch - '0';
-
- res = 3;
- *pRes = val;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- /*
- * IF the character copied was an octal digit,
- * THEN set the output character to an octal value
- */
- if (isdigit( *pRes ) && (*pRes < '8')) {
- unsigned int val = *pRes - '0';
- unsigned char ch = *pzIn++;
-
- /*
- * IF the second character is *not* an octal digit,
- * THEN save the value and bail
- */
- if ((ch < '0') || (ch > '7')) {
- *pRes = val;
- break;
- }
-
- val = (val<<3) + (ch - '0');
- ch = *pzIn;
- res = 2;
-
- /*
- * IF the THIRD character is *not* an octal digit,
- * THEN save the value and bail
- */
- if ((ch < '0') || (ch > '7')) {
- *pRes = val;
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF the new value would not be too large,
- * THEN add on the third and last character value
- */
- if ((val<<3) < 0xFF) {
- val = (val<<3) + (ch - '0');
- res = 3;
- }
-
- *pRes = val;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * A quoted string has been found.
- * Find the end of it and compress any escape sequences.
- */
-/*=export_func ao_string_cook
- * private:
- *
- * what: concatenate and escape-process strings
- * arg: + char* + pzScan + The *MODIFIABLE* input buffer +
- * arg: + int* + pLineCt + The (possibly NULL) pointer to a line count +
- *
- * ret-type: char*
- * ret-desc: The address of the text following the processed strings.
- * The return value is NULL if the strings are ill-formed.
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * A series of one or more quoted strings are concatenated together.
- * If they are quoted with double quotes (@code{"}), then backslash
- * escapes are processed per the C programming language. If they are
- * single quote strings, then the backslashes are honored only when they
- * precede another backslash or a single quote character.
- *
- * err: @code{NULL} is returned if the string(s) is/are mal-formed.
-=*/
-char*
-ao_string_cook( char* pzScan, int* pLineCt )
-{
- int l = 0;
- char q = *pzScan;
-
- /*
- * It is a quoted string. Process the escape sequence characters
- * (in the set "abfnrtv") and make sure we find a closing quote.
- */
- char* pzD = pzScan++;
- char* pzS = pzScan;
-
- if (pLineCt == NULL)
- pLineCt = &l;
-
- for (;;) {
- /*
- * IF the next character is the quote character, THEN we may end the
- * string. We end it unless the next non-blank character *after* the
- * string happens to also be a quote. If it is, then we will change
- * our quote character to the new quote character and continue
- * condensing text.
- */
- while (*pzS == q) {
- *pzD = NUL; /* This is probably the end of the line */
- pzS++;
-
- scan_for_quote:
- while (isspace(*pzS))
- if (*(pzS++) == '\n')
- (*pLineCt)++;
-
- /*
- * IF the next character is a quote character,
- * THEN we will concatenate the strings.
- */
- switch (*pzS) {
- case '"':
- case '\'':
- break;
-
- case '/':
- /*
- * Allow for a comment embedded in the concatenated string.
- */
- switch (pzS[1]) {
- default: return NULL;
- case '/':
- /*
- * Skip to end of line
- */
- pzS = strchr( pzS, '\n' );
- if (pzS == NULL)
- return NULL;
- (*pLineCt)++;
- break;
-
- case '*':
- {
- char* p = strstr( pzS+2, "*/" );
- /*
- * Skip to terminating star slash
- */
- if (p == NULL)
- return NULL;
- while (pzS < p) {
- if (*(pzS++) == '\n')
- (*pLineCt)++;
- }
-
- pzS = p + 2;
- }
- }
- goto scan_for_quote;
-
- default:
- /*
- * The next non-whitespace character is not a quote.
- * The series of quoted strings has come to an end.
- */
- return pzS;
- }
-
- q = *(pzS++); /* assign new quote character and advance scan */
- }
-
- /*
- * We are inside a quoted string. Copy text.
- */
- switch (*(pzD++) = *(pzS++)) {
- case NUL:
- return NULL;
-
- case '\n':
- (*pLineCt)++;
- break;
-
- case '\\':
- /*
- * IF we are escaping a new line,
- * THEN drop both the escape and the newline from
- * the result string.
- */
- if (*pzS == '\n') {
- pzS++;
- pzD--;
- (*pLineCt)++;
- }
-
- /*
- * ELSE IF the quote character is '"' or '`',
- * THEN we do the full escape character processing
- */
- else if (q != '\'') {
- int ct = ao_string_cook_escape_char( pzS, pzD-1, '\n' );
- if (ct == 0)
- return NULL;
-
- pzS += ct;
- } /* if (q != '\'') */
-
- /*
- * OTHERWISE, we only process "\\", "\'" and "\#" sequences.
- * The latter only to easily hide preprocessing directives.
- */
- else switch (*pzS) {
- case '\\':
- case '\'':
- case '#':
- pzD[-1] = *pzS++;
- }
- } /* switch (*(pzD++) = *(pzS++)) */
- } /* for (;;) */
-}
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/cook.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: enumeration.c,v 4.2 2005/01/09 00:25:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-14 14:29:55 bkorb"
- *
- * Automated Options Paged Usage module.
- *
- * This routine will run run-on options through a pager so the
- * user may examine, print or edit them at their leisure.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-tSCC* pz_enum_err_fmt;
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static void
-enumError(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- tCC** paz_names,
- int name_ct );
-
-static uintptr_t
-findName(
- tCC* pzName,
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- tCC** paz_names,
- unsigned int name_ct );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-static void
-enumError(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- tCC** paz_names,
- int name_ct )
-{
- size_t max_len = 0;
- size_t ttl_len = 0;
-
- if (pOpts != NULL)
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, pz_enum_err_fmt,
- pOpts->pzProgName, pOD->pzLastArg );
-
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zValidKeys, pOD->pz_Name );
-
- if (**paz_names == 0x7F) {
- paz_names++;
- name_ct--;
- }
-
- /*
- * Figure out the maximum length of any name, plus the total length
- * of all the names.
- */
- {
- tCC** paz = paz_names;
- int ct = name_ct;
-
- do {
- size_t len = strlen( *(paz++) ) + 1;
- if (len > max_len)
- max_len = len;
- ttl_len += len;
- } while (--ct > 0);
- }
-
- /*
- * IF any one entry is about 1/2 line or longer, print one per line
- */
- if (max_len > 35) {
- do {
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, " %s\n", *(paz_names++) );
- } while (--name_ct > 0);
- }
-
- /*
- * ELSE IF they all fit on one line, then do so.
- */
- else if (ttl_len < 76) {
- fputc( ' ', option_usage_fp );
- do {
- fputc( ' ', option_usage_fp );
- fputs( *(paz_names++), option_usage_fp );
- } while (--name_ct > 0);
- fputc( '\n', option_usage_fp );
- }
-
- /*
- * Otherwise, columnize the output
- */
- else {
- int ent_no = 0;
- char zFmt[16]; /* format for all-but-last entries on a line */
-
- sprintf( zFmt, "%%-%ds", max_len );
- max_len = 78 / max_len; /* max_len is now max entries on a line */
- fputs( " ", option_usage_fp );
-
- /*
- * Loop through all but the last entry
- */
- while (--name_ct > 0) {
- if (++ent_no == max_len) {
- /*
- * Last entry on a line. Start next line, too.
- */
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, "%s\n ", *(paz_names++) );
- ent_no = 0;
- }
-
- else
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zFmt, *(paz_names++) );
- }
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, "%s\n", *paz_names );
- }
-
- /*
- * IF we do not have a pOpts pointer, then this output is being requested
- * by the usage procedure. Let's not re-invoke it recursively.
- */
- if (pOpts != NULL)
- (*(pOpts->pUsageProc))( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP)
- fputs( zSetMemberSettings, option_usage_fp );
-}
-
-
-static uintptr_t
-findName(
- tCC* pzName,
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- tCC** paz_names,
- unsigned int name_ct )
-{
- uintptr_t res = name_ct;
- size_t len = strlen( (char*)pzName );
- uintptr_t idx;
- /*
- * Look for an exact match, but remember any partial matches.
- * Multiple partial matches means we have an ambiguous match.
- */
- for (idx = 0; idx < name_ct; idx++) {
- if (strncmp( (char*)paz_names[idx], (char*)pzName, len ) == 0) {
- if (paz_names[idx][len] == NUL)
- return idx; /* full match */
-
- if (res != name_ct) {
- pz_enum_err_fmt = zAmbigKey;
- option_usage_fp = stderr;
- enumError( pOpts, pOD, paz_names, name_ct );
- }
- res = idx; /* save partial match */
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * no partial match -> error
- */
- if (res == name_ct) {
- pz_enum_err_fmt = zNoKey;
- option_usage_fp = stderr;
- enumError( pOpts, pOD, paz_names, name_ct );
- }
-
- /*
- * Return the matching index as a char* pointer.
- * The result gets stashed in a char* pointer, so it will have to fit.
- */
- return res;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionEnumerationVal
- * what: Convert between enumeration values and strings
- * private:
- *
- * arg: tOptions*, pOpts, the program options descriptor
- * arg: tOptDesc*, pOD, enumeration option description
- * arg: tCC**, paz_names, list of enumeration names
- * arg: unsigned int, name_ct, number of names in list
- *
- * ret_type: char*
- * ret_desc: the enumeration value cast as a char*
- *
- * doc: This converts the pzLastArg string from the option description
- * into the index corresponding to an entry in the name list.
- * This will match the generated enumeration value.
- * Full matches are always accepted. Partial matches are accepted
- * if there is only one partial match.
-=*/
-char*
-optionEnumerationVal(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- tCC** paz_names,
- unsigned int name_ct )
-{
- /*
- * IF the program option descriptor pointer is invalid,
- * then it is some sort of special request.
- */
- switch ((uintptr_t)pOpts) {
- case 0UL:
- /*
- * print the list of enumeration names.
- */
- enumError( pOpts, pOD, paz_names, name_ct );
- return (char*)0UL;
-
- case 1UL:
- /*
- * print the name string.
- */
- fputs( paz_names[ (uintptr_t)(pOD->pzLastArg) ], stdout );
- return (char*)0UL;
-
- case 2UL:
- /*
- * Replace the enumeration value with the name string.
- */
- return (char*)paz_names[ (uintptr_t)(pOD->pzLastArg) ];
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return (char*)findName( pOD->pzLastArg, pOpts, pOD, paz_names, name_ct );
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionSetMembers
- * what: Convert between bit flag values and strings
- * private:
- *
- * arg: tOptions*, pOpts, the program options descriptor
- * arg: tOptDesc*, pOD, enumeration option description
- * arg: tCC**, paz_names, list of enumeration names
- * arg: unsigned int, name_ct, number of names in list
- *
- * doc: This converts the pzLastArg string from the option description
- * into the index corresponding to an entry in the name list.
- * This will match the generated enumeration value.
- * Full matches are always accepted. Partial matches are accepted
- * if there is only one partial match.
-=*/
-void
-optionSetMembers(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- tCC** paz_names,
- unsigned int name_ct )
-{
- /*
- * IF the program option descriptor pointer is invalid,
- * then it is some sort of special request.
- */
- switch ((uintptr_t)pOpts) {
- case 0UL:
- /*
- * print the list of enumeration names.
- */
- enumError( pOpts, pOD, paz_names, name_ct );
- return;
-
- case 1UL:
- {
- /*
- * print the name string.
- */
- uintptr_t bits = (uintptr_t)pOD->optCookie;
- uintptr_t res = 0;
- size_t len = 0;
-
- while (bits != 0) {
- if (bits & 1) {
- if (len++ > 0) fputs( " | ", stdout );
- fputs( paz_names[ res ], stdout );
- }
- if (++res >= name_ct) break;
- bits >>= 1;
- }
- return;
- }
-
- case 2UL:
- {
- char* pz;
- uintptr_t bits = (uintptr_t)pOD->optCookie;
- uintptr_t res = 0;
- size_t len = 0;
-
- /*
- * Replace the enumeration value with the name string.
- * First, determine the needed length, then allocate and fill in.
- */
- while (bits != 0) {
- if (bits & 1)
- len += strlen( paz_names[ res ]) + 8;
- if (++res >= name_ct) break;
- bits >>= 1;
- }
-
- pOD->pzLastArg = pz = malloc( len );
- /*
- * Start by clearing all the bits. We want to turn off any defaults
- * because we will be restoring to current state, not adding to
- * the default set of bits.
- */
- strcpy( pz, "none" );
- pz += 4;
- bits = (uintptr_t)pOD->optCookie;
- res = 0;
- while (bits != 0) {
- if (bits & 1) {
- strcpy( pz, " + " );
- strcpy( pz+3, paz_names[ res ]);
- pz += strlen( paz_names[ res ]) + 3;
- }
- if (++res >= name_ct) break;
- bits >>= 1;
- }
- return;
- }
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- {
- tCC* pzArg = pOD->pzLastArg;
- uintptr_t res;
- if ((pzArg == NULL) || (*pzArg == NUL)) {
- pOD->optCookie = (void*)0;
- return;
- }
-
- res = (uintptr_t)pOD->optCookie;
- for (;;) {
- tSCC zSpn[] = " ,|+\t\r\f\n";
- int iv, len;
-
- pzArg += strspn( pzArg, zSpn );
- iv = (*pzArg == '!');
- if (iv)
- pzArg += strspn( pzArg+1, zSpn ) + 1;
-
- len = strcspn( pzArg, zSpn );
- if (len == 0)
- break;
-
- if ((len == 3) && (strncmp( pzArg, zAll, 3 ) == 0)) {
- if (iv)
- res = 0;
- else res = ~0;
- }
- else if ((len == 4) && (strncmp( pzArg, zNone, 4 ) == 0)) {
- if (! iv)
- res = 0;
- }
- else do {
- char* pz;
- uintptr_t bit = strtoul( pzArg, &pz, 0 );
-
- if (pz != pzArg + len) {
- char z[ AO_NAME_SIZE ];
- tCC* p;
- if (*pz != NUL) {
- if (len >= AO_NAME_LIMIT)
- break;
- strncpy( z, pzArg, len );
- z[len] = NUL;
- p = z;
- } else {
- p = pzArg;
- }
-
- bit = 1UL << findName(p, pOpts, pOD, paz_names, name_ct);
- }
- if (iv)
- res &= ~bit;
- else res |= bit;
- } while (0);
-
- if (pzArg[len] == NUL)
- break;
- pzArg += len + 1;
- }
- if (name_ct < (8 * sizeof( uintptr_t ))) {
- res &= (1UL << name_ct) - 1UL;
- }
-
- pOD->optCookie = (void*)res;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/enumeration.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: environment.c,v 4.2 2005/01/09 00:25:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-20 17:18:54 bkorb"
- *
- * This file contains all of the routines that must be linked into
- * an executable to use the generated option processing. The optional
- * routines are in separately compiled modules so that they will not
- * necessarily be linked in.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/*
- * doPrognameEnv - check for preset values from the ${PROGNAME}
- * environment variable. This is accomplished by parsing the text into
- * tokens, temporarily replacing the arg vector and calling
- * doImmediateOpts and/or doRegularOpts.
- */
-LOCAL void
-doPrognameEnv( tOptions* pOpts, teEnvPresetType type )
-{
- const char* pczOptStr = getenv( pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
- token_list_t* pTL;
- int sv_argc;
- tUI sv_flag;
- char** sv_argv;
-
- /*
- * IF there is no such environment variable
- * *or* there is, but we are doing immediate opts and there are
- * no immediate opts to do (--help inside $PROGNAME is silly,
- * but --no-load-defs is not, so that is marked)
- * THEN bail out now. (
- */
- if ( (pczOptStr == NULL)
- || ( (type == ENV_IMM)
- && ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_HAS_IMMED) == 0) ) )
- return;
-
- /*
- * Tokenize the string. If there's nothing of interest, we'll bail
- * here immediately.
- */
- pTL = ao_string_tokenize( pczOptStr );
- if (pTL == NULL)
- return;
-
- /*
- * Substitute our $PROGNAME argument list for the real one
- */
- sv_argc = pOpts->origArgCt;
- sv_argv = pOpts->origArgVect;
- sv_flag = pOpts->fOptSet;
-
- /*
- * We add a bogus pointer to the start of the list. The program name
- * has already been pulled from "argv", so it won't get dereferenced.
- * The option scanning code will skip the "program name" at the start
- * of this list of tokens, so we accommodate this way ....
- */
- pOpts->origArgVect = (char**)(pTL->tkn_list - 1);
- pOpts->origArgCt = pTL->tkn_ct + 1;
- pOpts->fOptSet &= ~OPTPROC_ERRSTOP;
-
- pOpts->curOptIdx = 1;
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = NULL;
-
- switch (type) {
- case ENV_IMM:
- /*
- * We know the OPTPROC_HAS_IMMED bit is set.
- */
- (void)doImmediateOpts( pOpts );
- break;
-
- case ENV_NON_IMM:
- (void)doRegularOpts( pOpts );
- break;
-
- default:
- /*
- * Only to immediate opts if the OPTPROC_HAS_IMMED bit is set.
- */
- if (pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_HAS_IMMED) {
- (void)doImmediateOpts( pOpts );
- pOpts->curOptIdx = 1;
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = NULL;
- }
- (void)doRegularOpts( pOpts );
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * Free up the temporary arg vector and restore the original program args.
- */
- free( pTL );
- pOpts->origArgVect = sv_argv;
- pOpts->origArgCt = sv_argc;
- pOpts->fOptSet = sv_flag;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * doEnvPresets - check for preset values from the envrionment
- * This routine should process in all, immediate or normal modes....
- */
-LOCAL void
-doEnvPresets( tOptions* pOpts, teEnvPresetType type )
-{
- int ct;
- tOptState st;
- char* pzFlagName;
- size_t spaceLeft;
- char zEnvName[ AO_NAME_SIZE ];
-
- /*
- * Finally, see if we are to look at the environment
- * variables for initial values.
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ENVIRON) == 0)
- return;
-
- doPrognameEnv( pOpts, type );
-
- ct = pOpts->presetOptCt;
- st.pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc;
-
- pzFlagName = zEnvName
- + snprintf( zEnvName, sizeof( zEnvName ), "%s_", pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
- spaceLeft = AO_NAME_SIZE - (pzFlagName - zEnvName) - 1;
-
- for (;ct-- > 0; st.pOD++) {
- /*
- * If presetting is disallowed, then skip this entry
- */
- if ( ((st.pOD->fOptState & OPTST_NO_INIT) != 0)
- || (st.pOD->optEquivIndex != NO_EQUIVALENT) )
- continue;
-
- /*
- * IF there is no such environment variable,
- * THEN skip this entry, too.
- */
- if (strlen( st.pOD->pz_NAME ) >= spaceLeft)
- continue;
-
- /*
- * Set up the option state
- */
- strcpy( pzFlagName, st.pOD->pz_NAME );
- st.pzOptArg = getenv( zEnvName );
- if (st.pzOptArg == NULL)
- continue;
- st.flags = OPTST_PRESET | st.pOD->fOptState;
- st.optType = TOPT_UNDEFINED;
-
- if ( (st.pOD->pz_DisablePfx != NULL)
- && (streqvcmp( st.pzOptArg, st.pOD->pz_DisablePfx ) == 0)) {
- st.flags |= OPTST_DISABLED;
- st.pzOptArg = NULL;
- }
-
- switch (type) {
- case ENV_IMM:
- /*
- * Process only immediate actions
- */
- if (DO_IMMEDIATELY(st.flags))
- break;
- continue;
-
- case ENV_NON_IMM:
- /*
- * Process only NON immediate actions
- */
- if (DO_NORMALLY(st.flags) || DO_SECOND_TIME(st.flags))
- break;
- continue;
-
- default: /* process everything */
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * Make sure the option value string is persistent and consistent.
- * This may be a memory leak, but we cannot do anything about it.
- *
- * The interpretation of the option value depends
- * on the type of value argument the option takes
- */
- if (st.pzOptArg != NULL) {
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(st.pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NONE) {
- st.pzOptArg = NULL;
- } else if ( (st.pOD->fOptState & OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL)
- && (*st.pzOptArg == NUL)) {
- st.pzOptArg = NULL;
- } else if (*st.pzOptArg == NUL) {
- st.pzOptArg = zNil;
- } else {
- AGDUPSTR( st.pzOptArg, st.pzOptArg, "option argument" );
- }
- }
-
- handleOption( pOpts, &st );
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/environment.c */
+++ /dev/null
-/* -*- buffer-read-only: t -*- vi: set ro:
- *
- * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE (genshell.c)
- *
- * It has been AutoGen-ed Thursday September 15, 2005 at 08:47:43 PM PDT
- * From the definitions genshell.def
- * and the template file options
- */
-
-#define OPTION_CODE_COMPILE 1
-#include "genshell.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-tSCC zCopyright[] =
- "genshellopt copyright (c) 1999-2005 Bruce Korb, all rights reserved";
-tSCC zCopyrightNotice[] =
- "genshellopt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n\
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public\n\
-License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either\n\
-version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n\n\
-genshellopt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n\
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n\
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU\n\
-Lesser General Public License for more details.\n\n\
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public\n\
-License along with genshellopt. If not, write to:\n\
-\tThe Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n\
-\t51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor\n\
-\tBoston, MA 02110-1301, USA.";
-extern tUsageProc genshelloptUsage;
-
-#ifndef NULL
-# define NULL 0
-#endif
-#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
-# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
-#endif
-#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
-# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
-#endif
-/*
- * Script option description:
- */
-tSCC zScriptText[] =
- "Output Script File";
-tSCC zScript_NAME[] = "SCRIPT";
-tSCC zScript_Name[] = "script";
-#define SCRIPT_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
- | OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
-
-/*
- * Shell option description:
- */
-tSCC zShellText[] =
- "Shell name (follows \"#!\" magic)";
-tSCC zShell_NAME[] = "SHELL";
-tSCC zNotShell_Name[] = "no-shell";
-tSCC zNotShell_Pfx[] = "no";
-#define zShell_Name (zNotShell_Name + 3)
-#define SHELL_FLAGS (OPTST_INITENABLED \
- | OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
-
-/*
- * Help/More_Help/Version option descriptions:
- */
-tSCC zHelpText[] = "Display usage information and exit";
-tSCC zHelp_Name[] = "help";
-
-tSCC zMore_HelpText[] = "Extended usage information passed thru pager";
-tSCC zMore_Help_Name[] = "more-help";
-
-tSCC zVersionText[] = "Output version information and exit";
-tSCC zVersion_Name[] = "version";
-/*
- * Declare option callback procedures
- */
-extern tOptProc
- optionPagedUsage, optionPrintVersion;
-static tOptProc
- doUsageOpt;
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * Define the Genshellopt Option Descriptions.
- */
-static tOptDesc optDesc[ OPTION_CT ] = {
- { /* entry idx, value */ 0, VALUE_OPT_SCRIPT,
- /* equiv idx, value */ 0, VALUE_OPT_SCRIPT,
- /* equivalenced to */ NO_EQUIVALENT,
- /* min, max, act ct */ 0, 1, 0,
- /* opt state flags */ SCRIPT_FLAGS, 0,
- /* last opt argumnt */ NULL,
- /* arg list/cookie */ NULL,
- /* must/cannot opts */ NULL, NULL,
- /* option proc */ NULL,
- /* desc, NAME, name */ zScriptText, zScript_NAME, zScript_Name,
- /* disablement strs */ NULL, NULL },
-
- { /* entry idx, value */ 1, VALUE_OPT_SHELL,
- /* equiv idx, value */ 1, VALUE_OPT_SHELL,
- /* equivalenced to */ NO_EQUIVALENT,
- /* min, max, act ct */ 0, 1, 0,
- /* opt state flags */ SHELL_FLAGS, 0,
- /* last opt argumnt */ NULL,
- /* arg list/cookie */ NULL,
- /* must/cannot opts */ NULL, NULL,
- /* option proc */ NULL,
- /* desc, NAME, name */ zShellText, zShell_NAME, zShell_Name,
- /* disablement strs */ zNotShell_Name, zNotShell_Pfx },
-
- { /* entry idx, value */ INDEX_OPT_VERSION, VALUE_OPT_VERSION,
- /* equiv idx value */ NO_EQUIVALENT, 0,
- /* equivalenced to */ NO_EQUIVALENT,
- /* min, max, act ct */ 0, 1, 0,
- /* opt state flags */ OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING)
- | OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL, 0,
- /* last opt argumnt */ NULL,
- /* arg list/cookie */ NULL,
- /* must/cannot opts */ NULL, NULL,
- /* option proc */ optionPrintVersion,
- /* desc, NAME, name */ zVersionText, NULL, zVersion_Name,
- /* disablement strs */ NULL, NULL },
-
- { /* entry idx, value */ INDEX_OPT_HELP, VALUE_OPT_HELP,
- /* equiv idx value */ NO_EQUIVALENT, 0,
- /* equivalenced to */ NO_EQUIVALENT,
- /* min, max, act ct */ 0, 1, 0,
- /* opt state flags */ OPTST_IMM, 0,
- /* last opt argumnt */ NULL,
- /* arg list/cookie */ NULL,
- /* must/cannot opts */ NULL, NULL,
- /* option proc */ doUsageOpt,
- /* desc, NAME, name */ zHelpText, NULL, zHelp_Name,
- /* disablement strs */ NULL, NULL },
-
- { /* entry idx, value */ INDEX_OPT_MORE_HELP, VALUE_OPT_MORE_HELP,
- /* equiv idx value */ NO_EQUIVALENT, 0,
- /* equivalenced to */ NO_EQUIVALENT,
- /* min, max, act ct */ 0, 1, 0,
- /* opt state flags */ OPTST_IMM, 0,
- /* last opt argumnt */ NULL,
- /* arg list/cookie */ NULL,
- /* must/cannot opts */ NULL, NULL,
- /* option proc */ optionPagedUsage,
- /* desc, NAME, name */ zMore_HelpText, NULL, zMore_Help_Name,
- /* disablement strs */ NULL, NULL }
-};
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * Define the Genshellopt Option Environment
- */
-tSCC zPROGNAME[] = "GENSHELLOPT";
-tSCC zUsageTitle[] =
-"genshellopt - Generate Shell Option Processing Script - Ver. 1\n\
-USAGE: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...\n";
-#define zRcName NULL
-#define apzHomeList NULL
-
-tSCC zBugsAddr[] = "autogen-users@lists.sf.net";
-tSCC zExplain[] = "\n\
-Note that `shell' is only useful if the output file does not already\n\
-exist. If it does, then the shell name and optional first argument\n\
-will be extracted from the script file.\n";
-tSCC zDetail[] = "\n\
-If the script file already exists and contains Automated Option Processing\n\
-text, the second line of the file through the ending tag will be replaced\n\
-by the newly generated text. The first `#!' line will be regenerated.\n";
-tSCC zFullVersion[] = GENSHELLOPT_FULL_VERSION;
-/* extracted from optcode.tpl near line 309 */
-
-#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
-# define OPTPROC_BASE OPTPROC_TRANSLATE
- static tOptionXlateProc translate_option_strings;
-#else
-# define OPTPROC_BASE OPTPROC_NONE
-# define translate_option_strings NULL
-#endif /* ENABLE_NLS */
-
-tOptions genshelloptOptions = {
- OPTIONS_STRUCT_VERSION,
- 0, NULL, /* original argc + argv */
- ( OPTPROC_BASE
- + OPTPROC_ERRSTOP
- + OPTPROC_SHORTOPT
- + OPTPROC_LONGOPT
- + OPTPROC_NO_REQ_OPT
- + OPTPROC_NEGATIONS
- + OPTPROC_NO_ARGS ),
- 0, NULL, /* current option index, current option */
- NULL, NULL, zPROGNAME,
- zRcName, zCopyright, zCopyrightNotice,
- zFullVersion, apzHomeList, zUsageTitle,
- zExplain, zDetail, optDesc,
- zBugsAddr, /* address to send bugs to */
- NULL, NULL, /* extensions/saved state */
- genshelloptUsage, /* usage procedure */
- translate_option_strings, /* translation procedure */
- /*
- * Indexes to special options
- */
- { INDEX_OPT_MORE_HELP,
- 0 /* no option state saving */,
- NO_EQUIVALENT /* index of '-#' option */,
- NO_EQUIVALENT /* index of default opt */
- },
- OPTION_CT, 2 /* user option count */
-};
-
-/*
- * Create the static procedure(s) declared above.
- */
-static void
-doUsageOpt(
- tOptions* pOptions,
- tOptDesc* pOptDesc )
-{
- USAGE( EXIT_SUCCESS );
-}
-/* extracted from optcode.tpl near line 396 */
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <autoopts/usage-txt.h>
-
-static char*
-AO_gettext( const char* pz )
-{
- char* pzRes;
- if (pz == NULL)
- return NULL;
- pzRes = _(pz);
- if (pzRes == pz)
- return pzRes;
- pzRes = strdup( pzRes );
- if (pzRes == NULL) {
- fputs( _("No memory for duping translated strings\n"), stderr );
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
- return pzRes;
-}
-
-/*
- * This invokes the translation code (e.g. gettext(3)).
- */
-static void
-translate_option_strings( void )
-{
- /*
- * Guard against re-translation. It won't work. The strings will have
- * been changed by the first pass through this code. One shot only.
- */
- if (option_usage_text.field_ct == 0)
- return;
- /*
- * Do the translations. The first pointer follows the field count field.
- * The field count field is the size of a pointer.
- */
- {
- char** ppz = (char**)(void*)&(option_usage_text);
- int ix = option_usage_text.field_ct;
-
- do {
- ppz++;
- *ppz = AO_gettext(*ppz);
- } while (--ix > 0);
- }
- option_usage_text.field_ct = 0;
-
- {
- tOptDesc* pOD = genshelloptOptions.pOptDesc;
- int ix = genshelloptOptions.optCt;
-
- for (;;) {
- pOD->pzText = AO_gettext(pOD->pzText);
- pOD->pz_NAME = AO_gettext(pOD->pz_NAME);
- pOD->pz_Name = AO_gettext(pOD->pz_Name);
- pOD->pz_DisableName = AO_gettext(pOD->pz_DisableName);
- pOD->pz_DisablePfx = AO_gettext(pOD->pz_DisablePfx);
- if (--ix <= 0)
- break;
- pOD++;
- }
- }
- genshelloptOptions.pzCopyright = AO_gettext(genshelloptOptions.pzCopyright);
- genshelloptOptions.pzCopyNotice = AO_gettext(genshelloptOptions.pzCopyNotice);
- genshelloptOptions.pzFullVersion = AO_gettext(genshelloptOptions.pzFullVersion);
- genshelloptOptions.pzUsageTitle = AO_gettext(genshelloptOptions.pzUsageTitle);
- genshelloptOptions.pzExplain = AO_gettext(genshelloptOptions.pzExplain);
- genshelloptOptions.pzDetail = AO_gettext(genshelloptOptions.pzDetail);
-}
-
-#endif /* ENABLE_NLS */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* -*- buffer-read-only: t -*- vi: set ro:
- *
- * DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE (genshell.h)
- *
- * It has been AutoGen-ed Thursday September 15, 2005 at 08:47:43 PM PDT
- * From the definitions genshell.def
- * and the template file options
- */
-/*
- * This file contains the programmatic interface to the Automated
- * Options generated for the genshellopt program.
- * These macros are documented in the AutoGen info file in the
- * "AutoOpts" chapter. Please refer to that doc for usage help.
- */
-#ifndef AUTOOPTS_GENSHELL_H_GUARD
-#define AUTOOPTS_GENSHELL_H_GUARD
-
-/*
- * genshellopt copyright 1999-2005 Bruce Korb - all rights reserved
- *
- * genshellopt is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * genshellopt is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with genshellopt. If not, write to:
- * The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#include <autoopts/options.h>
-
-/*
- * Ensure that the library used for compiling this generated header is at
- * least as new as the version current when the header template was released
- * (not counting patch version increments). Also ensure that the oldest
- * tolerable version is at least as old as what was current when the header
- * template was released.
- */
-#define AO_TEMPLATE_VERSION 106496
-#if (AO_TEMPLATE_VERSION < OPTIONS_MINIMUM_VERSION) \
- || (AO_TEMPLATE_VERSION > OPTIONS_STRUCT_VERSION)
-# error option template version mismatches autoopts/options.h header
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Enumeration of each option:
- */
-typedef enum {
- INDEX_OPT_SCRIPT = 0,
- INDEX_OPT_SHELL = 1,
- INDEX_OPT_VERSION = 2,
- INDEX_OPT_HELP = 3,
- INDEX_OPT_MORE_HELP = 4
-} teOptIndex;
-
-#define OPTION_CT 5
-#define GENSHELLOPT_VERSION "1"
-#define GENSHELLOPT_FULL_VERSION "genshellopt - Generate Shell Option Processing Script - Ver. 1"
-
-/*
- * Interface defines for all options. Replace "n" with
- * the UPPER_CASED option name (as in the teOptIndex
- * enumeration above). e.g. HAVE_OPT( SCRIPT )
- */
-#define DESC(n) genshelloptOptions.pOptDesc[INDEX_OPT_ ## n]
-#define HAVE_OPT(n) (! UNUSED_OPT(& DESC(n)))
-#define OPT_ARG(n) (DESC(n).pzLastArg)
-#define STATE_OPT(n) (DESC(n).fOptState & OPTST_SET_MASK)
-#define COUNT_OPT(n) (DESC(n).optOccCt)
-#define ISSEL_OPT(n) (SELECTED_OPT(&DESC(n)))
-#define ISUNUSED_OPT(n) (UNUSED_OPT(& DESC(n)))
-#define ENABLED_OPT(n) (! DISABLED_OPT(& DESC(n)))
-#define STACKCT_OPT(n) (((tArgList*)(DESC(n).optCookie))->useCt)
-#define STACKLST_OPT(n) (((tArgList*)(DESC(n).optCookie))->apzArgs)
-#define CLEAR_OPT(n) STMTS( \
- DESC(n).fOptState &= OPTST_PERSISTENT; \
- if ( (DESC(n).fOptState & OPTST_INITENABLED) == 0) \
- DESC(n).fOptState |= OPTST_DISABLED; \
- DESC(n).optCookie = NULL )
-
-/*
- * Interface defines for specific options.
- */
-#define VALUE_OPT_SCRIPT 'o'
-#define VALUE_OPT_SHELL 's'
-
-#define VALUE_OPT_VERSION 'v'
-#define VALUE_OPT_HELP '?'
-#define VALUE_OPT_MORE_HELP '!'
-
-/*
- * Interface defines not associated with particular options
- */
-#define ERRSKIP_OPTERR STMTS( genshelloptOptions.fOptSet &= ~OPTPROC_ERRSTOP )
-#define ERRSTOP_OPTERR STMTS( genshelloptOptions.fOptSet |= OPTPROC_ERRSTOP )
-#define RESTART_OPT(n) STMTS( \
- genshelloptOptions.curOptIdx = (n); \
- genshelloptOptions.pzCurOpt = NULL )
-#define START_OPT RESTART_OPT(1)
-#define USAGE(c) (*genshelloptOptions.pUsageProc)( &genshelloptOptions, c )
-/* extracted from opthead.tpl near line 260 */
-
-/* * * * * *
- *
- * Declare the genshellopt option descriptor.
- */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-extern tOptions genshelloptOptions;
-
-#ifndef _
-# if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <stdio.h>
- static inline char* aoGetsText( const char* pz ) {
- if (pz == NULL) return NULL;
- return (char*)gettext( pz );
- }
-# define _(s) aoGetsText(s)
-# else /* ENABLE_NLS */
-# define _(s) s
-# endif /* ENABLE_NLS */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-#endif /* AUTOOPTS_GENSHELL_H_GUARD */
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * Mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * options.h ends here */
+++ /dev/null
-#define AUTOOPTS_INTERNAL
-#include "compat/compat.h"
-#include "autoopts/options.h"
-#include "autoopts/usage-txt.h"
-#include "genshell.h"
-#include "autoopts.h"
-#include "proto.h"
-#include "autoopts.c"
-#include "boolean.c"
-#include "configfile.c"
-#include "cook.c"
-#include "enumeration.c"
-#include "environment.c"
-#include "genshell.c"
-#include "load.c"
-#include "makeshell.c"
-#include "nested.c"
-#include "numeric.c"
-#include "pgusage.c"
-#include "putshell.c"
-#include "restore.c"
-#include "save.c"
-#include "sort.c"
-#include "stack.c"
-#include "streqvcmp.c"
-#include "text_mmap.c"
-#include "tokenize.c"
-#include "usage.c"
-#include "version.c"
+++ /dev/null
-dnl -*- buffer-read-only: t -*- vi: set ro:
-dnl
-dnl DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE (libopts.m4)
-dnl
-dnl It has been AutoGen-ed Tuesday September 20, 2005 at 08:42:32 PM PDT
-dnl From the definitions libopts.def
-dnl and the template file conftest.tpl
-dnl
-dnl @synopsis INVOKE_LIBOPTS_MACROS
-dnl
-dnl This macro will invoke the AutoConf macros specified in libopts.def
-dnl that have not been disabled with "omit-invocation".
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([LIBOPTS_WITH_REGEX_HEADER],[
- AC_ARG_WITH([regex-header],
- AC_HELP_STRING([--with-regex-header], [a reg expr header is specified]),
- [libopts_cv_with_regex_header=${with_regex_header}],
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether a reg expr header is specified], libopts_cv_with_regex_header,
- libopts_cv_with_regex_header=no)
- ) # end of AC_ARG_WITH
-
- if test "X${libopts_cv_with_regex_header}" != Xno
- then
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([REGEX_HEADER],[<${libopts_cv_with_regex_header}>])
- else
- AC_DEFINE([REGEX_HEADER],[<regex.h>],[name of regex header file])
- fi
-
-]) # end of AC_DEFUN of LIBOPTS_WITH_REGEX_HEADER
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([LIBOPTS_WITHLIB_REGEX],[
- AC_ARG_WITH([libregex],
- AC_HELP_STRING([--with-libregex], [libregex installation prefix]),
- [libopts_cv_with_libregex_root=${with_libregex}],
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether with-libregex was specified], libopts_cv_with_libregex_root,
- libopts_cv_with_libregex_root=no)
- ) # end of AC_ARG_WITH libregex
-
- if test "${with_libguile+set}" = set && \
- test "${withval}" = no
- then ## disabled by request
- libopts_cv_with_libregex_root=no
- libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags=no
- libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs=no
- else
-
- AC_ARG_WITH([libregex-cflags],
- AC_HELP_STRING([--with-libregex-cflags], [libregex compile flags]),
- [libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags=${with_regex_cflags}],
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether with-libregex-cflags was specified], libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags,
- libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags=no)
- ) # end of AC_ARG_WITH libregex-cflags
-
- AC_ARG_WITH([libregex-libs],
- AC_HELP_STRING([--with-libregex-libs], [libregex link command arguments]),
- [libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs=${with_regex_libs}],
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether with-libregex-libs was specified], libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs,
- libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs=no)
- ) # end of AC_ARG_WITH libregex-libs
-
- case "X${libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags}" in
- Xyes|Xno|X )
- case "X${libopts_cv_with_libregex_root}" in
- Xyes|Xno|X ) libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags=no ;;
- * ) libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags=-I${libopts_cv_with_libregex_root}/include ;;
- esac
- esac
- case "X${libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs}" in
- Xyes|Xno|X )
- case "X${libopts_cv_with_libregex_root}" in
- Xyes|Xno|X ) libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs=no ;;
- * ) libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs="-L${libopts_cv_with_libregex_root}/lib -lregex";;
- esac
- esac
- libopts_save_CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}"
- libopts_save_LIBS="${LIBS}"
- fi ## disabled by request
-
- case "X${libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags}" in
- Xyes|Xno|X )
- libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags="" ;;
- * ) CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} ${libopts_cv_with_libregex_cflags}" ;;
- esac
- case "X${libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs}" in
- Xyes|Xno|X )
- libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs="" ;;
- * )
- LIBS="${LIBS} ${libopts_cv_with_libregex_libs}" ;;
- esac
- LIBREGEX_CFLAGS=""
- LIBREGEX_LIBS=""
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether libregex functions properly])
- AC_CACHE_VAL([libopts_cv_with_libregex],[
- AC_TRY_RUN([@%:@include <stdio.h>
-@%:@include <stdlib.h>
-@%:@include <sys/types.h>
-@%:@include REGEX_HEADER
-static regex_t re;
-void comp_re( const char* pzPat ) {
- int res = regcomp( &re, pzPat, REG_EXTENDED|REG_ICASE|REG_NEWLINE );
- if (res == 0) return;
- exit( res ); }
-int main() {
- regmatch_t m@<:@2@:>@;
- comp_re( "^.*\@S|@" );
- comp_re( "()|no.*" );
- comp_re( "." );
- if (regexec( &re, "X", 2, m, 0 ) != 0) return 1;
- if ((m@<:@0@:>@.rm_so != 0) || (m@<:@0@:>@.rm_eo != 1)) {
- fputs( "error: regex -->.<-- did not match\n", stderr );
- return 1;
- }
- return 0; }],
- [libopts_cv_with_libregex=yes], [libopts_cv_with_libregex=no],
- [libopts_cv_with_libregex=no]) # end of AC_TRY_RUN
- ]) # end of AC_CACHE_VAL for libopts_cv_with_libregex
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${libopts_cv_with_libregex}])
-
- if test "X${libopts_cv_with_libregex}" = Xno
- then
- CPPFLAGS="${libopts_save_CPPFLAGS}"
- LIBS="${libopts_save_LIBS}"
- cat >&2 <<'_EOF_'
-I cannot detect POSIX compliant regcomp/regexec routines.
-These are required for AutoGen to work correctly. If you have
-such a library present on your system, you must specify it by
-setting the LIBS environment variable, e.g., "LIBS='-lregex'".
-If you do not have such a library on your system, then you should
-download and install, for example, the one from:
- ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/rx/
-_EOF_
-AC_MSG_ERROR([Cannot find working POSIX regex library])
- fi
-
-]) # end of AC_DEFUN of LIBOPTS_WITHLIB_REGEX
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([LIBOPTS_RUN_PATHFIND],[
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether pathfind(3) works])
- AC_CACHE_VAL([libopts_cv_run_pathfind],[
- AC_TRY_RUN([@%:@include <string.h>
-@%:@include <stdlib.h>
-int main (int argc, char** argv) {
- char* pz = pathfind( getenv( "PATH" ), "sh", "x" );
- return (pz == 0) ? 1 : 0;
-}],
- [libopts_cv_run_pathfind=yes],[libopts_cv_run_pathfind=no],[libopts_cv_run_pathfind=no]
- ) # end of TRY_RUN
- ]) # end of AC_CACHE_VAL for libopts_cv_run_pathfind
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${libopts_cv_run_pathfind}])
-
- if test "X${libopts_cv_run_pathfind}" != Xno
- then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PATHFIND],[1],
- [Define this if pathfind(3) works])
- fi
-
-]) # end of AC_DEFUN of LIBOPTS_RUN_PATHFIND
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([LIBOPTS_TEST_DEV_ZERO],[
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether /dev/zero is readable device])
- AC_CACHE_VAL([libopts_cv_test_dev_zero],[
- libopts_cv_test_dev_zero=`exec 2> /dev/null
-dzero=\`ls -l /dev/zero | egrep ^c......r\`
-test -z "${dzero}" && exit 1
-echo ${dzero}`
- if test $? -ne 0
- then libopts_cv_test_dev_zero=no
- elif test -z "$libopts_cv_test_dev_zero"
- then libopts_cv_test_dev_zero=no
- fi
- ]) # end of CACHE_VAL of libopts_cv_test_dev_zero
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${libopts_cv_test_dev_zero}])
-
- if test "X${libopts_cv_test_dev_zero}" != Xno
- then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DEV_ZERO],[1],
- [Define this if /dev/zero is readable device])
- fi
-
-]) # end of AC_DEFUN of LIBOPTS_TEST_DEV_ZERO
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([LIBOPTS_RUN_REALPATH],[
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether we have a functional realpath(3C)])
- AC_CACHE_VAL([libopts_cv_run_realpath],[
- AC_TRY_RUN([@%:@include <limits.h>
-@%:@include <stdlib.h>
-int main (int argc, char** argv) {
-@%:@ifndef PATH_MAX
-choke me!!
-@%:@else
- char zPath@<:@PATH_MAX+1@:>@;
-@%:@endif
- char *pz = realpath(argv@<:@0@:>@, zPath);
- return (pz == zPath) ? 0 : 1;
-}],
- [libopts_cv_run_realpath=yes],[libopts_cv_run_realpath=no],[libopts_cv_run_realpath=no]
- ) # end of TRY_RUN
- ]) # end of AC_CACHE_VAL for libopts_cv_run_realpath
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${libopts_cv_run_realpath}])
-
- if test "X${libopts_cv_run_realpath}" != Xno
- then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_REALPATH],[1],
- [Define this if we have a functional realpath(3C)])
- fi
-
-]) # end of AC_DEFUN of LIBOPTS_RUN_REALPATH
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([LIBOPTS_RUN_STRFTIME],[
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether strftime() works])
- AC_CACHE_VAL([libopts_cv_run_strftime],[
- AC_TRY_RUN([@%:@include <time.h>
-@%:@include <string.h>
-char t_buf@<:@ 64 @:>@;
-int main() {
- static const char z@<:@@:>@ = "Thursday Aug 28 240";
- struct tm tm;
- tm.tm_sec = 36; /* seconds after the minute @<:@0, 61@:>@ */
- tm.tm_min = 44; /* minutes after the hour @<:@0, 59@:>@ */
- tm.tm_hour = 12; /* hour since midnight @<:@0, 23@:>@ */
- tm.tm_mday = 28; /* day of the month @<:@1, 31@:>@ */
- tm.tm_mon = 7; /* months since January @<:@0, 11@:>@ */
- tm.tm_year = 86; /* years since 1900 */
- tm.tm_wday = 4; /* days since Sunday @<:@0, 6@:>@ */
- tm.tm_yday = 239; /* days since January 1 @<:@0, 365@:>@ */
- tm.tm_isdst = 1; /* flag for daylight savings time */
- strftime( t_buf, sizeof( t_buf ), "%A %b %d %j", &tm );
- return (strcmp( t_buf, z ) != 0); }],
- [libopts_cv_run_strftime=yes],[libopts_cv_run_strftime=no],[libopts_cv_run_strftime=no]
- ) # end of TRY_RUN
- ]) # end of AC_CACHE_VAL for libopts_cv_run_strftime
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${libopts_cv_run_strftime}])
-
- if test "X${libopts_cv_run_strftime}" != Xno
- then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STRFTIME],[1],
- [Define this if strftime() works])
- fi
-
-]) # end of AC_DEFUN of LIBOPTS_RUN_STRFTIME
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([LIBOPTS_RUN_FOPEN_BINARY],[
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether fopen accepts "b" mode])
- AC_CACHE_VAL([libopts_cv_run_fopen_binary],[
- AC_TRY_RUN([@%:@include <stdio.h>
-int main (int argc, char** argv) {
-FILE* fp = fopen("conftest.@S|@ac_ext", "rb");
-return (fp == NULL) ? 1 : fclose(fp); }],
- [libopts_cv_run_fopen_binary=yes],[libopts_cv_run_fopen_binary=no],[libopts_cv_run_fopen_binary=no]
- ) # end of TRY_RUN
- ]) # end of AC_CACHE_VAL for libopts_cv_run_fopen_binary
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${libopts_cv_run_fopen_binary}])
-
- if test "X${libopts_cv_run_fopen_binary}" != Xno
- then
- AC_DEFINE([FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG],"b",
- [fopen(3) accepts a 'b' in the mode flag])
- else
- AC_DEFINE([FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG],"",
- [fopen(3) accepts a 'b' in the mode flag])
- fi
-
-]) # end of AC_DEFUN of LIBOPTS_RUN_FOPEN_BINARY
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([LIBOPTS_RUN_FOPEN_TEXT],[
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether fopen accepts "t" mode])
- AC_CACHE_VAL([libopts_cv_run_fopen_text],[
- AC_TRY_RUN([@%:@include <stdio.h>
-int main (int argc, char** argv) {
-FILE* fp = fopen("conftest.@S|@ac_ext", "rt");
-return (fp == NULL) ? 1 : fclose(fp); }],
- [libopts_cv_run_fopen_text=yes],[libopts_cv_run_fopen_text=no],[libopts_cv_run_fopen_text=no]
- ) # end of TRY_RUN
- ]) # end of AC_CACHE_VAL for libopts_cv_run_fopen_text
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${libopts_cv_run_fopen_text}])
-
- if test "X${libopts_cv_run_fopen_text}" != Xno
- then
- AC_DEFINE([FOPEN_TEXT_FLAG],"t",
- [fopen(3) accepts a 't' in the mode flag])
- else
- AC_DEFINE([FOPEN_TEXT_FLAG],"",
- [fopen(3) accepts a 't' in the mode flag])
- fi
-
-]) # end of AC_DEFUN of LIBOPTS_RUN_FOPEN_TEXT
-
-
-AC_DEFUN([INVOKE_LIBOPTS_MACROS],[
-
- # =================
- # AC_HEADER_STDC
- # =================
- AC_HEADER_STDC
- # =================
- # AC_HEADER_DIRENT
- # =================
- AC_HEADER_DIRENT
-
- # =================
- # AC_CHECK_HEADERS
- # =================
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(dlfcn.h errno.h fcntl.h libgen.h memory.h netinet/in.h \
- setjmp.h sys/mman.h sys/param.h sys/poll.h sys/procset.h sys/select.h \
- sys/socket.h sys/stropts.h sys/time.h sys/un.h sys/wait.h unistd.h)
-
- # --------------------------------------------
- # Verify certain entries from AC_CHECK_HEADERS
- # --------------------------------------------
- [for f in sys_types sys_mman sys_param sys_stat sys_wait \
- string errno stdlib memory setjmp
- do eval as_ac_var=\${ac_cv_header_${f}_h+set}
- test "${as_ac_var}" = set] || \
- AC_MSG_ERROR([You must have ${f}.h on your system])
- done
-
- # =================
- # AC_CHECK_HEADERS: stdarg.h is present define HAVE_STDARG_H, otherwise
- # if varargs.h is present define HAVE_VARARGS_H.
- # =================
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdarg.h varargs.h, break)
- [if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` != yes; then]
- AC_MSG_ERROR([You must have stdarg.h or varargs.h on your system])
- fi
-
- # =================
- # Similarly for the string.h and strings.h headers
- # =================
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h strings.h, break)
- [if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` != yes; then]
- AC_MSG_ERROR([You must have string.h or strings.h on your system])
- fi
-
- # =================
- # ...and limits headers
- # =================
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h sys/limits.h values.h, break)
- [if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` != yes; then]
- AC_MSG_ERROR([You must have one of limits.h, sys/limits.h or values.h])
- fi
-
- # =================
- # ...and int types headers
- # =================
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h inttypes.h, break)
- AC_CHECK_TYPES([int8_t, uint8_t, int16_t, uint16_t, int32_t, uint32_t,
- intptr_t, uintptr_t])
-
- # =================
- # uintptr type & sizes
- # =================
- AC_CHECK_TYPES([uintptr_t], ,
- [AC_DEFINE(uintptr_t, unsigned long,
- [Alternate uintptr_t for systems without it.])])
- AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(char*, 4)
- AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int, 4)
- AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(long, 4)
- AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(short, 2)
-
- # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- # AC_CHECK_LIB for SVR4 libgen, and use it if it defines pathfind.
- # ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- AC_CHECK_LIB(gen, pathfind)
- AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([mmap canonicalize_file_name snprintf strdup])
- # Check to see if a reg expr header is specified.
- LIBOPTS_WITH_REGEX_HEADER
-
- # Check to see if a working libregex can be found.
- LIBOPTS_WITHLIB_REGEX
-
- # Check to see if pathfind(3) works.
- LIBOPTS_RUN_PATHFIND
-
- # Check to see if /dev/zero is readable device.
- LIBOPTS_TEST_DEV_ZERO
-
- # Check to see if we have a functional realpath(3C).
- LIBOPTS_RUN_REALPATH
-
- # Check to see if strftime() works.
- LIBOPTS_RUN_STRFTIME
-
- # Check to see if fopen accepts "b" mode.
- LIBOPTS_RUN_FOPEN_BINARY
-
- # Check to see if fopen accepts "t" mode.
- LIBOPTS_RUN_FOPEN_TEXT
-
-]) # end AC_DEFUN of INVOKE_LIBOPTS_MACROS
-
-dnl @synopsis LIBOPTS_CHECK
-dnl
-dnl If autoopts-config works, add the linking information to LIBS.
-dnl Otherwise, add ``libopts-${ao_rev}'' to SUBDIRS and run all
-dnl the config tests that the library needs. Invoke the
-dnl "INVOKE_LIBOPTS_MACROS" macro iff we are building libopts.
-dnl
-dnl Default to system libopts
-NEED_LIBOPTS_DIR=''
-
-AC_DEFUN([LIBOPTS_CHECK],[
- m4_pushdef([AO_Libopts_Dir],
- [ifelse($1, , [libopts], [$1])])
- AC_SUBST(LIBOPTS_DIR, AO_Libopts_Dir)
- AC_ARG_ENABLE([local-libopts],
- AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-local-libopts],
- [Force using the supplied libopts tearoff code]),[
- if test x$enableval = xyes ; then
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([Using supplied libopts tearoff])
- LIBOPTS_LDADD='$(top_builddir)/AO_Libopts_Dir/libopts.la'
- LIBOPTS_CFLAGS='-I$(top_srcdir)/AO_Libopts_Dir'
- NEED_LIBOPTS_DIR=true
- fi])
-
- [if test -z "${NEED_LIBOPTS_DIR}" ; then]
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether autoopts-config can be found])
- AC_ARG_WITH([autoopts-config],
- AC_HELP_STRING([--with-autoopts-config],
- [specify the config-info script]),
- [lo_cv_with_autoopts_config=${with_autoopts_config}],
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether autoopts-config is specified],
- [lo_cv_with_autoopts_config],
- [if autoopts-config --help 2>/dev/null 1>&2
- then lo_cv_with_autoopts_config=autoopts-config
- elif libopts-config --help 2>/dev/null 1>&2
- then lo_cv_with_autoopts_config=libopts-config
- else lo_cv_with_autoopts_config=no ; fi])
- ) # end of AC_ARG_WITH
-
- AC_CACHE_VAL([lo_cv_test_autoopts],[
- if test -z "${lo_cv_with_autoopts_config}" \
- -o X"${lo_cv_with_autoopts_config}" = Xno
- then
- if autoopts-config --help 2>/dev/null 1>&2
- then lo_cv_with_autoopts_config=autoopts-config
- elif libopts-config --help 2>/dev/null 1>&2
- then lo_cv_with_autoopts_config=libopts-config
- else lo_cv_with_autoopts_config=false ; fi
- fi
- lo_cv_test_autoopts=`
- ${lo_cv_with_autoopts_config} --libs` 2> /dev/null
- if test $? -ne 0 -o -z "${lo_cv_test_autoopts}"
- then lo_cv_test_autoopts=no ; fi
- ]) # end of CACHE_VAL
- AC_MSG_RESULT([${lo_cv_test_autoopts}])
-
- [if test "X${lo_cv_test_autoopts}" != Xno
- then
- LIBOPTS_LDADD="${lo_cv_test_autoopts}"
- LIBOPTS_CFLAGS="`${lo_cv_with_autoopts_config} --cflags`"
- else
- LIBOPTS_LDADD='$(top_builddir)/]AO_Libopts_Dir[/libopts.la'
- LIBOPTS_CFLAGS='-I$(top_srcdir)/]AO_Libopts_Dir'
- INVOKE_LIBOPTS_MACROS
- [NEED_LIBOPTS_DIR=true
- fi
- fi # end of if test -z "${NEED_LIBOPTS_DIR}"]
-
- AM_CONDITIONAL([NEED_LIBOPTS], [test -n "${NEED_LIBOPTS_DIR}"])
- AC_SUBST(LIBOPTS_LDADD)
- AC_SUBST(LIBOPTS_CFLAGS)
- AC_SUBST(LIBOPTS_DIR, AO_Libopts_Dir)
- AC_CONFIG_FILES(AO_Libopts_Dir/Makefile)
- m4_popdef([AO_Libopts_Dir])
-
- [if test -n "${NEED_LIBOPTS_DIR}" ; then]
- INVOKE_LIBOPTS_MACROS
- [fi
-# end of AC_DEFUN of LIBOPTS_CHECK]
-])
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: load.c,v 4.7 2005/02/13 01:48:00 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-07-31 08:41:52 bkorb"
- *
- * This file contains the routines that deal with processing text strings
- * for options, either from a NUL-terminated string passed in or from an
- * rc/ini file.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static ag_bool
-insertProgramPath(
- char* pzBuf,
- int bufSize,
- tCC* pzName,
- tCC* pzProgPath );
-
-static ag_bool
-insertEnvVal(
- char* pzBuf,
- int bufSize,
- tCC* pzName,
- tCC* pzProgPath );
-
-static char*
-assembleArgValue( char* pzTxt, tOptionLoadMode mode );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/*=export_func optionMakePath
- * private:
- *
- * what: translate and construct a path
- * arg: + char* + pzBuf + The result buffer +
- * arg: + int + bufSize + The size of this buffer +
- * arg: + tCC* + pzName + The input name +
- * arg: + tCC* + pzProgPath + The full path of the current program +
- *
- * ret-type: ag_bool
- * ret-desc: AG_TRUE if the name was handled, otherwise AG_FALSE.
- * If the name does not start with ``$'', then it is handled
- * simply by copying the input name to the output buffer and
- * resolving the name with either @code{canonicalize_file_name(3GLIBC)}
- * or @code{realpath(3C)}.
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * This routine will copy the @code{pzName} input name into the @code{pzBuf}
- * output buffer, carefully not exceeding @code{bufSize} bytes. If the
- * first character of the input name is a @code{'$'} character, then there
- * is special handling:
- * @*
- * @code{$$} is replaced with the directory name of the @code{pzProgPath},
- * searching @code{$PATH} if necessary.
- * @*
- * @code{$NAME} is replaced by the contents of the @code{NAME} environment
- * variable.
- *
- * Please note: both @code{$$} and @code{$NAME} must be at the start of the
- * @code{pzName} string and must either be the entire string or be followed
- * by the @code{'/'} character.
- *
- * err: @code{AG_FALSE} is returned if:
- * @*
- * @bullet{} The input name exceeds @code{bufSize} bytes.
- * @*
- * @bullet{} @code{$$} or @code{$NAME} is not the full string and
- * the next character is not '/'.
- * @*
- * @bullet{} @code{NAME} is not a known environment variable
- * @*
- * @bullet{} @code{canonicalize_file_name} or @code{realpath} return
- * errors (cannot resolve the resulting path).
-=*/
-ag_bool
-optionMakePath(
- char* pzBuf,
- int bufSize,
- tCC* pzName,
- tCC* pzProgPath )
-{
- ag_bool res = AG_TRUE;
-
- if (bufSize <= strlen( pzName ))
- return AG_FALSE;
-
- /*
- * IF not an environment variable, just copy the data
- */
- if (*pzName != '$') {
- tCC* pzS = pzName;
- char* pzD = pzBuf;
- int ct = bufSize;
-
- for (;;) {
- if ( (*(pzD++) = *(pzS++)) == NUL)
- break;
- if (--ct <= 0)
- return AG_FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * IF the name starts with "$$", then it must be "$$" or
- * it must start with "$$/". In either event, replace the "$$"
- * with the path to the executable and append a "/" character.
- */
- else if (pzName[1] == '$')
- res = insertProgramPath( pzBuf, bufSize, pzName, pzProgPath );
- else
- res = insertEnvVal( pzBuf, bufSize, pzName, pzProgPath );
-
- if (! res)
- return AG_FALSE;
-
-#if defined(HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)
- {
- char* pz = canonicalize_file_name(pzBuf);
- if (pz == NULL)
- return AG_FALSE;
- if (strlen(pz) < bufSize)
- strcpy(pzBuf, pz);
- free(pz);
- }
-
-#elif defined(HAVE_REALPATH)
- {
- char z[ PATH_MAX+1 ];
-
- if (realpath( pzBuf, z ) == NULL)
- return AG_FALSE;
-
- if (strlen(z) < bufSize)
- strcpy( pzBuf, z );
- }
-#endif
-
- return AG_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-static ag_bool
-insertProgramPath(
- char* pzBuf,
- int bufSize,
- tCC* pzName,
- tCC* pzProgPath )
-{
- tCC* pzPath;
- tCC* pz;
- int skip = 2;
-
- switch (pzName[2]) {
- case '/':
- skip = 3;
- case NUL:
- break;
- default:
- return AG_FALSE;
- }
-
- /*
- * See if the path is included in the program name.
- * If it is, we're done. Otherwise, we have to hunt
- * for the program using "pathfind".
- */
- if (strchr( pzProgPath, '/' ) != NULL)
- pzPath = pzProgPath;
- else {
- pzPath = pathfind( getenv( "PATH" ), (char*)pzProgPath, "rx" );
-
- if (pzPath == NULL)
- return AG_FALSE;
- }
-
- pz = strrchr( pzPath, '/' );
-
- /*
- * IF we cannot find a directory name separator,
- * THEN we do not have a path name to our executable file.
- */
- if (pz == NULL)
- return AG_FALSE;
-
- pzName += skip;
-
- /*
- * Concatenate the file name to the end of the executable path.
- * The result may be either a file or a directory.
- */
- if ((pz - pzPath)+1 + strlen(pzName) >= bufSize)
- return AG_FALSE;
-
- memcpy( pzBuf, pzPath, (pz - pzPath)+1 );
- strcpy( pzBuf + (pz - pzPath) + 1, pzName );
-
- /*
- * If the "pzPath" path was gotten from "pathfind()", then it was
- * allocated and we need to deallocate it.
- */
- if (pzPath != pzProgPath)
- free( (void*)pzPath );
- return AG_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-static ag_bool
-insertEnvVal(
- char* pzBuf,
- int bufSize,
- tCC* pzName,
- tCC* pzProgPath )
-{
- char* pzDir = pzBuf;
-
- for (;;) {
- char ch = *++pzName;
- if (! ISNAMECHAR( ch ))
- break;
- *(pzDir++) = ch;
- }
-
- if (pzDir == pzBuf)
- return AG_FALSE;
-
- *pzDir = NUL;
-
- pzDir = getenv( pzBuf );
-
- /*
- * Environment value not found -- skip the home list entry
- */
- if (pzDir == NULL)
- return AG_FALSE;
-
- if (strlen( pzDir ) + 1 + strlen( pzName ) >= bufSize)
- return AG_FALSE;
-
- sprintf( pzBuf, "%s%s", pzDir, pzName );
- return AG_TRUE;
-}
-
-
-LOCAL void
-mungeString( char* pzTxt, tOptionLoadMode mode )
-{
- char* pzE;
-
- if (mode == OPTION_LOAD_KEEP)
- return;
-
- if (isspace( *pzTxt )) {
- char* pzS = pzTxt;
- char* pzD = pzTxt;
- while (isspace( *++pzS )) ;
- while ((*(pzD++) = *(pzS++)) != NUL) ;
- pzE = pzD-1;
- } else
- pzE = pzTxt + strlen( pzTxt );
-
- while ((pzE > pzTxt) && isspace( pzE[-1] )) pzE--;
- *pzE = NUL;
-
- if (mode == OPTION_LOAD_UNCOOKED)
- return;
-
- switch (*pzTxt) {
- default: return;
- case '"':
- case '\'': break;
- }
-
- switch (pzE[-1]) {
- default: return;
- case '"':
- case '\'': break;
- }
-
- (void)ao_string_cook( pzTxt, NULL );
-}
-
-
-static char*
-assembleArgValue( char* pzTxt, tOptionLoadMode mode )
-{
- tSCC zBrk[] = " \t:=";
- char* pzEnd = strpbrk( pzTxt, zBrk );
- int space_break;
-
- /*
- * Not having an argument to a configurable name is okay.
- */
- if (pzEnd == NULL)
- return pzTxt + strlen(pzTxt);
-
- /*
- * If we are keeping all whitespace, then the value starts with the
- * character that follows the end of the configurable name, regardless
- * of which character caused it.
- */
- if (mode == OPTION_LOAD_KEEP) {
- *(pzEnd++) = NUL;
- return pzEnd;
- }
-
- /*
- * If the name ended on a white space character, remember that
- * because we'll have to skip over an immediately following ':' or '='
- * (and the white space following *that*).
- */
- space_break = isspace(*pzEnd);
- *(pzEnd++) = NUL;
- while (isspace(*pzEnd)) pzEnd++;
- if (space_break && ((*pzEnd == ':') || (*pzEnd == '=')))
- pzEnd++;
-
- mungeString( pzEnd, mode );
- return pzEnd;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Load an option from a block of text. The text must start with the
- * configurable/option name and be followed by its associated value.
- * That value may be processed in any of several ways. See "tOptionLoadMode"
- * in autoopts.h.
- */
-LOCAL void
-loadOptionLine(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptState* pOS,
- char* pzLine,
- tDirection direction,
- tOptionLoadMode load_mode )
-{
- while (isspace( *pzLine )) pzLine++;
-
- {
- char* pzArg = assembleArgValue( pzLine, load_mode );
-
- if (! SUCCESSFUL( longOptionFind( pOpts, pzLine, pOS )))
- return;
- if (pOS->flags & OPTST_NO_INIT)
- return;
- pOS->pzOptArg = pzArg;
- }
-
- switch (pOS->flags & (OPTST_IMM|OPTST_DISABLE_IMM)) {
- case 0:
- /*
- * The selected option has no immediate action.
- * THEREFORE, if the direction is PRESETTING
- * THEN we skip this option.
- */
- if (PRESETTING(direction))
- return;
- break;
-
- case OPTST_IMM:
- if (PRESETTING(direction)) {
- /*
- * We are in the presetting direction with an option we handle
- * immediately for enablement, but normally for disablement.
- * Therefore, skip if disabled.
- */
- if ((pOS->flags & OPTST_DISABLED) == 0)
- return;
- } else {
- /*
- * We are in the processing direction with an option we handle
- * immediately for enablement, but normally for disablement.
- * Therefore, skip if NOT disabled.
- */
- if ((pOS->flags & OPTST_DISABLED) != 0)
- return;
- }
- break;
-
- case OPTST_DISABLE_IMM:
- if (PRESETTING(direction)) {
- /*
- * We are in the presetting direction with an option we handle
- * immediately for disablement, but normally for disablement.
- * Therefore, skip if NOT disabled.
- */
- if ((pOS->flags & OPTST_DISABLED) != 0)
- return;
- } else {
- /*
- * We are in the processing direction with an option we handle
- * immediately for disablement, but normally for disablement.
- * Therefore, skip if disabled.
- */
- if ((pOS->flags & OPTST_DISABLED) == 0)
- return;
- }
- break;
-
- case OPTST_IMM|OPTST_DISABLE_IMM:
- /*
- * The selected option is always for immediate action.
- * THEREFORE, if the direction is PROCESSING
- * THEN we skip this option.
- */
- if (PROCESSING(direction))
- return;
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * Fix up the args.
- */
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOS->pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NONE) {
- if (*pOS->pzOptArg != NUL)
- return;
- pOS->pzOptArg = NULL;
-
- } else if (pOS->pOD->fOptState & OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL) {
- if (*pOS->pzOptArg == NUL)
- pOS->pzOptArg = NULL;
- else AGDUPSTR( pOS->pzOptArg, pOS->pzOptArg, "option argument" );
-
- } else {
- if (*pOS->pzOptArg == NUL)
- pOS->pzOptArg = zNil;
- else AGDUPSTR( pOS->pzOptArg, pOS->pzOptArg, "option argument" );
- }
-
- handleOption( pOpts, pOS );
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionLoadLine
- *
- * what: process a string for an option name and value
- *
- * arg: tOptions*, pOpts, program options descriptor
- * arg: const char*, pzLine, NUL-terminated text
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * This is a client program callable routine for setting options from, for
- * example, the contents of a file that they read in. Only one option may
- * appear in the text. It will be treated as a normal (non-preset) option.
- *
- * When passed a pointer to the option struct and a string, it will find
- * the option named by the first token on the string and set the option
- * argument to the remainder of the string. The caller must NUL terminate
- * the string. Any embedded new lines will be included in the option
- * argument. If the input looks like one or more quoted strings, then the
- * input will be "cooked". The "cooking" is identical to the string
- * formation used in AutoGen definition files (@pxref{basic expression}),
- * except that you may not use backquotes.
- *
- * err: Invalid options are silently ignored. Invalid option arguments
- * will cause a warning to print, but the function should return.
-=*/
-void
-optionLoadLine(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tCC* pzLine )
-{
- tOptState st = OPTSTATE_INITIALIZER(SET);
- char* pz;
- AGDUPSTR( pz, pzLine, "user option line" );
- loadOptionLine( pOpts, &st, pz, DIRECTION_PROCESS, OPTION_LOAD_COOKED );
- AGFREE( pz );
-}
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/load.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: makeshell.c,v 4.2 2005/01/09 00:25:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-20 14:06:03 bkorb"
- *
- * This module will interpret the options set in the tOptions
- * structure and create a Bourne shell script capable of parsing them.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-tOptions* pShellParseOptions = NULL;
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * Setup Format Strings
- */
-tSCC zStartMarker[] =
-"# # # # # # # # # # -- do not modify this marker --\n#\n"
-"# DO NOT EDIT THIS SECTION";
-
-tSCC zPreamble[] =
-"%s OF %s\n#\n"
-"# From here to the next `-- do not modify this marker --',\n"
-"# the text has been generated %s\n";
-
-tSCC zEndPreamble[] =
-"# From the %s option definitions\n#\n";
-
-tSCC zMultiDef[] = "\n"
-"if test -z \"${%1$s_%2$s}\"\n"
-"then\n"
-" %1$s_%2$s_CT=0\n"
-"else\n"
-" %1$s_%2$s_CT=1\n"
-" %1$s_%2$s_1=\"${%1$s_%2$s}\"\n"
-"fi\n"
-"export %1$s_%2$s_CT";
-
-tSCC zSingleDef[] = "\n"
-"%1$s_%2$s=\"${%1$s_%2$s-'%3$s'}\"\n"
-"%1$s_%2$s_set=false\n"
-"export %1$s_%2$s\n";
-
-tSCC zSingleNoDef[] = "\n"
-"%1$s_%2$s=\"${%1$s_%2$s}\"\n"
-"%1$s_%2$s_set=false\n"
-"export %1$s_%2$s\n";
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * LOOP START
- *
- * The loop may run in either of two modes:
- * all options are named options (loop only)
- * regular, marked option processing.
- */
-tSCC zLoopCase[] = "\n"
-"OPT_PROCESS=true\n"
-"OPT_ARG=\"$1\"\n\n"
-"while ${OPT_PROCESS} && [ $# -gt 0 ]\ndo\n"
-" OPT_ELEMENT=''\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=''\n\n"
- /*
- * 'OPT_ARG' may or may not match the current $1
- */
-" case \"${OPT_ARG}\" in\n"
-" -- )\n"
-" OPT_PROCESS=false\n"
-" shift\n"
-" ;;\n\n";
-
-tSCC zLoopOnly[] = "\n"
-"OPT_ARG=\"$1\"\n\n"
-"while [ $# -gt 0 ]\ndo\n"
-" OPT_ELEMENT=''\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=''\n\n"
-" OPT_ARG=\"${1}\"\n";
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * CASE SELECTORS
- *
- * If the loop runs as a regular option loop,
- * then we must have selectors for each acceptable option
- * type (long option, flag character and non-option)
- */
-tSCC zLongSelection[] =
-" --* )\n";
-
-tSCC zFlagSelection[] =
-" -* )\n";
-
-tSCC zEndSelection[] =
-" ;;\n\n";
-
-tSCC zNoSelection[] =
-" * )\n"
-" OPT_PROCESS=false\n"
-" ;;\n"
-" esac\n\n";
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * LOOP END
- */
-tSCC zLoopEnd[] =
-" if [ -n \"${OPT_ARG_VAL}\" ]\n"
-" then\n"
-" eval %1$s_${OPT_NAME}${OPT_ELEMENT}=\"'${OPT_ARG_VAL}'\"\n"
-" export %1$s_${OPT_NAME}${OPT_ELEMENT}\n"
-" fi\n"
-"done\n\n"
-"unset OPT_PROCESS || :\n"
-"unset OPT_ELEMENT || :\n"
-"unset OPT_ARG || :\n"
-"unset OPT_ARG_NEEDED || :\n"
-"unset OPT_NAME || :\n"
-"unset OPT_CODE || :\n"
-"unset OPT_ARG_VAL || :\n%2$s";
-
-tSCC zTrailerMarker[] = "\n"
-"# # # # # # # # # #\n#\n"
-"# END OF AUTOMATED OPTION PROCESSING\n"
-"#\n# # # # # # # # # # -- do not modify this marker --\n";
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * OPTION SELECTION
- */
-tSCC zOptionCase[] =
-" case \"${OPT_CODE}\" in\n";
-
-tSCC zOptionPartName[] =
-" '%s' | \\\n";
-
-tSCC zOptionFullName[] =
-" '%s' )\n";
-
-tSCC zOptionFlag[] =
-" '%c' )\n";
-
-tSCC zOptionEndSelect[] =
-" ;;\n\n";
-
-tSCC zOptionUnknown[] =
-" * )\n"
-" echo Unknown %s: \"${OPT_CODE}\" >&2\n"
-" echo \"$%s_USAGE_TEXT\"\n"
-" exit 1\n"
-" ;;\n"
-" esac\n\n";
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * OPTION PROCESSING
- *
- * Formats for emitting the text for handling particular options
- */
-tSCC zTextExit[] =
-" echo \"$%s_%s_TEXT\"\n"
-" exit 0\n";
-
-tSCC zPagedUsageExit[] =
-" echo \"$%s_LONGUSAGE_TEXT\" | ${PAGER-more}\n"
-" exit 0\n";
-
-tSCC zCmdFmt[] =
-" %s\n";
-
-tSCC zCountTest[] =
-" if [ $%1$s_%2$s_CT -ge %3$d ] ; then\n"
-" echo Error: more than %3$d %2$s options >&2\n"
-" echo \"$%1$s_USAGE_TEXT\"\n"
-" exit 1 ; fi\n";
-
-tSCC zMultiArg[] =
-" %1$s_%2$s_CT=`expr ${%1$s_%2$s_CT} + 1`\n"
-" OPT_ELEMENT=\"_${%1$s_%2$s_CT}\"\n"
-" OPT_NAME='%2$s'\n";
-
-tSCC zSingleArg[] =
-" if [ -n \"${%1$s_%2$s}\" ] && ${%1$s_%2$s_set} ; then\n"
-" echo Error: duplicate %2$s option >&2\n"
-" echo \"$%1$s_USAGE_TEXT\"\n"
-" exit 1 ; fi\n"
-" %1$s_%2$s_set=true\n"
-" OPT_NAME='%2$s'\n";
-
-tSCC zNoMultiArg[] =
-" %1$s_%2$s_CT=0\n"
-" OPT_ELEMENT=''\n"
-" %1$s_%2$s='%3$s'\n"
-" export %1$s_%2$s\n"
-" OPT_NAME='%2$s'\n";
-
-tSCC zNoSingleArg[] =
-" if [ -n \"${%1$s_%2$s}\" ] && ${%1$s_%2$s_set} ; then\n"
-" echo Error: duplicate %2$s option >&2\n"
-" echo \"$%1$s_USAGE_TEXT\"\n"
-" exit 1 ; fi\n"
-" %1$s_%2$s_set=true\n"
-" %1$s_%2$s='%3$s'\n"
-" export %1$s_%2$s\n"
-" OPT_NAME='%2$s'\n";
-
-tSCC zMayArg[] =
-" eval %1$s_%2$s${OPT_ELEMENT}=true\n"
-" export %1$s_%2$s${OPT_ELEMENT}\n"
-" OPT_ARG_NEEDED=OK\n";
-
-tSCC zMustArg[] =
-" OPT_ARG_NEEDED=YES\n";
-
-tSCC zCantArg[] =
-" eval %1$s_%2$s${OPT_ELEMENT}=true\n"
-" export %1$s_%2$s${OPT_ELEMENT}\n"
-" OPT_ARG_NEEDED=NO\n";
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * LONG OPTION PROCESSING
- *
- * Formats for emitting the text for handling long option types
- */
-tSCC zLongOptInit[] =
-" OPT_CODE=`echo \"X${OPT_ARG}\"|sed 's/^X-*//'`\n"
-" shift\n"
-" OPT_ARG=\"$1\"\n\n"
-" case \"${OPT_CODE}\" in *=* )\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=`echo \"${OPT_CODE}\"|sed 's/^[^=]*=//'`\n"
-" OPT_CODE=`echo \"${OPT_CODE}\"|sed 's/=.*$//'` ;; esac\n\n";
-
-tSCC zLongOptArg[] =
-" case \"${OPT_ARG_NEEDED}\" in\n"
-" NO )\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=''\n"
-" ;;\n\n"
-" YES )\n"
-" if [ -z \"${OPT_ARG_VAL}\" ]\n"
-" then\n"
-" if [ $# -eq 0 ]\n"
-" then\n"
-" echo No argument provided for ${OPT_NAME} option >&2\n"
-" echo \"$%s_USAGE_TEXT\"\n"
-" exit 1\n"
-" fi\n\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=\"${OPT_ARG}\"\n"
-" shift\n"
-" OPT_ARG=\"$1\"\n"
-" fi\n"
-" ;;\n\n"
-" OK )\n"
-" if [ -z \"${OPT_ARG_VAL}\" ] && [ $# -gt 0 ]\n"
-" then\n"
-" case \"${OPT_ARG}\" in -* ) ;; * )\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=\"${OPT_ARG}\"\n"
-" shift\n"
-" OPT_ARG=\"$1\" ;; esac\n"
-" fi\n"
-" ;;\n"
-" esac\n";
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * FLAG OPTION PROCESSING
- *
- * Formats for emitting the text for handling flag option types
- */
-tSCC zFlagOptInit[] =
-" OPT_CODE=`echo \"X${OPT_ARG}\" | sed 's/X-\\(.\\).*/\\1/'`\n"
-" OPT_ARG=` echo \"X${OPT_ARG}\" | sed 's/X-.//'`\n\n";
-
-tSCC zFlagOptArg[] =
-" case \"${OPT_ARG_NEEDED}\" in\n"
-" NO )\n"
-" if [ -n \"${OPT_ARG}\" ]\n"
-" then\n"
-" OPT_ARG=-\"${OPT_ARG}\"\n"
-" else\n"
-" shift\n"
-" OPT_ARG=\"$1\"\n"
-" fi\n"
-" ;;\n\n"
-" YES )\n"
-" if [ -n \"${OPT_ARG}\" ]\n"
-" then\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=\"${OPT_ARG}\"\n\n"
-" else\n"
-" if [ $# -eq 0 ]\n"
-" then\n"
-" echo No argument provided for ${OPT_NAME} option >&2\n"
-" echo \"$%s_USAGE_TEXT\"\n"
-" exit 1\n"
-" fi\n"
-" shift\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=\"$1\"\n"
-" fi\n\n"
-" shift\n"
-" OPT_ARG=\"$1\"\n"
-" ;;\n\n"
-" OK )\n"
-" if [ -n \"${OPT_ARG}\" ]\n"
-" then\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=\"${OPT_ARG}\"\n"
-" shift\n"
-" OPT_ARG=\"$1\"\n\n"
-" else\n"
-" shift\n"
-" if [ $# -gt 0 ]\n"
-" then\n"
-" case \"$1\" in -* ) ;; * )\n"
-" OPT_ARG_VAL=\"$1\"\n"
-" shift ;; esac\n"
-" OPT_ARG=\"$1\"\n"
-" fi\n"
-" fi\n"
-" ;;\n"
-" esac\n";
-
-tSCC* pzShell = NULL;
-static char* pzLeader = NULL;
-static char* pzTrailer = NULL;
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static void
-textToVariable( tOptions* pOpts, teTextTo whichVar, tOptDesc* pOD );
-
-static void
-emitUsage( tOptions* pOpts );
-
-static void
-emitSetup( tOptions* pOpts );
-
-static void
-printOptionAction( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOptDesc );
-
-static void
-printOptionInaction( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOptDesc );
-
-static void
-emitFlag( tOptions* pOpts );
-
-static void
-emitMatchExpr( tCC* pzMatchName, tOptDesc* pCurOpt, tOptions* pOpts );
-
-static void
-emitLong( tOptions* pOpts );
-
-static void
-openOutput( const char* pzFile );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/*=export_func optionParseShell
- * private:
- *
- * what: Decipher a boolean value
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- *
- * doc:
- * Emit a shell script that will parse the command line options.
-=*/
-void
-optionParseShell( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- /*
- * Check for our SHELL option now.
- * IF the output file contains the "#!" magic marker,
- * it will override anything we do here.
- */
- if (HAVE_OPT( SHELL ))
- pzShell = OPT_ARG( SHELL );
-
- else if (! ENABLED_OPT( SHELL ))
- pzShell = NULL;
-
- else if ((pzShell = getenv( "SHELL" )),
- pzShell == NULL)
-
- pzShell = "/bin/sh";
-
- /*
- * Check for a specified output file
- */
- if (HAVE_OPT( SCRIPT ))
- openOutput( OPT_ARG( SCRIPT ));
-
- emitUsage( pOpts );
- emitSetup( pOpts );
-
- /*
- * There are four modes of option processing.
- */
- switch (pOpts->fOptSet & (OPTPROC_LONGOPT|OPTPROC_SHORTOPT)) {
- case OPTPROC_LONGOPT:
- fputs( zLoopCase, stdout );
-
- fputs( zLongSelection, stdout );
- fputs( zLongOptInit, stdout );
- emitLong( pOpts );
- printf( zLongOptArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
- fputs( zEndSelection, stdout );
-
- fputs( zNoSelection, stdout );
- break;
-
- case 0:
- fputs( zLoopOnly, stdout );
- fputs( zLongOptInit, stdout );
- emitLong( pOpts );
- printf( zLongOptArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
- break;
-
- case OPTPROC_SHORTOPT:
- fputs( zLoopCase, stdout );
-
- fputs( zFlagSelection, stdout );
- fputs( zFlagOptInit, stdout );
- emitFlag( pOpts );
- printf( zFlagOptArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
- fputs( zEndSelection, stdout );
-
- fputs( zNoSelection, stdout );
- break;
-
- case OPTPROC_LONGOPT|OPTPROC_SHORTOPT:
- fputs( zLoopCase, stdout );
-
- fputs( zLongSelection, stdout );
- fputs( zLongOptInit, stdout );
- emitLong( pOpts );
- printf( zLongOptArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
- fputs( zEndSelection, stdout );
-
- fputs( zFlagSelection, stdout );
- fputs( zFlagOptInit, stdout );
- emitFlag( pOpts );
- printf( zFlagOptArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
- fputs( zEndSelection, stdout );
-
- fputs( zNoSelection, stdout );
- break;
- }
-
- printf( zLoopEnd, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, zTrailerMarker );
- if ((pzTrailer != NULL) && (*pzTrailer != '\0'))
- fputs( pzTrailer, stdout );
- else if (ENABLED_OPT( SHELL ))
- printf( "\nenv | egrep %s_\n", pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
-
- fflush( stdout );
- fchmod( STDOUT_FILENO, 0755 );
- fclose( stdout );
-}
-
-
-static void
-textToVariable( tOptions* pOpts, teTextTo whichVar, tOptDesc* pOD )
-{
- int nlHoldCt = 0;
- int pipeFd[2];
- FILE* fp;
-
-# define _TT_(n) tSCC z ## n [] = #n;
- TEXTTO_TABLE
-# undef _TT_
-# define _TT_(n) z ## n ,
- static const char* apzTTNames[] = { TEXTTO_TABLE };
-# undef _TT_
-
- printf( "%s_%s_TEXT='", pOpts->pzPROGNAME, apzTTNames[ whichVar ]);
- fflush( stdout );
-
- if (pipe( pipeFd ) != 0) {
- fprintf( stderr, zBadPipe, errno, strerror( errno ));
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- switch (fork()) {
- case -1:
- fprintf( stderr, zForkFail, errno, strerror(errno), pOpts->pzProgName);
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- break;
-
- case 0:
- dup2( pipeFd[1], STDERR_FILENO );
- dup2( pipeFd[1], STDOUT_FILENO );
- close( pipeFd[0] );
-
- switch (whichVar) {
- case TT_LONGUSAGE:
- (*(pOpts->pUsageProc))( pOpts, EXIT_SUCCESS );
- /* NOTREACHED */
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-
- case TT_USAGE:
- (*(pOpts->pUsageProc))( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- /* NOTREACHED */
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-
- case TT_VERSION:
- pOD->pzLastArg = "c";
- optionPrintVersion( pOpts, pOD );
- /* NOTREACHED */
-
- default:
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- default:
- close( pipeFd[1] );
- fp = fdopen( pipeFd[0], "r" FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG );
- }
-
- for (;;) {
- int ch = fgetc( fp );
- switch (ch) {
-
- case '\n':
- nlHoldCt++;
- break;
-
- case '\'':
- while (nlHoldCt > 0) {
- fputc( '\n', stdout );
- nlHoldCt--;
- }
- fputs( "'\\''", stdout );
- break;
-
- case EOF:
- goto endCharLoop;
-
- default:
- while (nlHoldCt > 0) {
- fputc( '\n', stdout );
- nlHoldCt--;
- }
- fputc( ch, stdout );
- break;
- }
- } endCharLoop:;
-
- fputs( "'\n\n", stdout );
- close( pipeFd[0] );
-}
-
-
-static void
-emitUsage( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- char zTimeBuf[ AO_NAME_SIZE ];
-
- /*
- * First, switch stdout to the output file name.
- * Then, change the program name to the one defined
- * by the definitions (rather than the current
- * executable name). Down case the upper cased name.
- */
- if (pzLeader != NULL)
- fputs( pzLeader, stdout );
-
- {
- tSCC zStdout[] = "stdout";
- tCC* pzOutName;
-
- {
- time_t curTime = time( NULL );
- struct tm* pTime = localtime( &curTime );
- strftime( zTimeBuf, AO_NAME_SIZE, "%A %B %e, %Y at %r %Z", pTime );
- }
-
- if (HAVE_OPT( SCRIPT ))
- pzOutName = OPT_ARG( SCRIPT );
- else pzOutName = zStdout;
-
- if ((pzLeader == NULL) && (pzShell != NULL))
- printf( "#! %s\n", pzShell );
-
- printf( zPreamble, zStartMarker, pzOutName, zTimeBuf );
- }
-
- /*
- * Get a copy of the original program name in lower case
- */
- {
- char* pzPN = zTimeBuf;
- tCC* pz = pOpts->pzPROGNAME;
- for (;;) {
- if ((*pzPN++ = tolower( *pz++ )) == '\0')
- break;
- }
- }
-
- printf( zEndPreamble, pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
-
- pOpts->pzProgPath = pOpts->pzProgName = zTimeBuf;
- textToVariable( pOpts, TT_LONGUSAGE, NULL );
- textToVariable( pOpts, TT_USAGE, NULL );
-
- {
- tOptDesc* pOptDesc = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int optionCt = pOpts->optCt;
-
- for (;;) {
- if (pOptDesc->pOptProc == optionPrintVersion) {
- textToVariable( pOpts, TT_VERSION, pOptDesc );
- break;
- }
-
- if (--optionCt <= 0)
- break;
- pOptDesc++;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-static void
-emitSetup( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- tOptDesc* pOptDesc = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int optionCt = pOpts->presetOptCt;
- const char* pzFmt;
- const char* pzDefault;
-
- for (;optionCt > 0; pOptDesc++, --optionCt) {
- char zVal[16];
-
- /*
- * Options that are either usage documentation or are compiled out
- * are not to be processed.
- */
- if (SKIP_OPT(pOptDesc) || (pOptDesc->pz_NAME == NULL))
- continue;
-
- if (pOptDesc->optMaxCt > 1)
- pzFmt = zMultiDef;
- else pzFmt = zSingleDef;
-
- /*
- * IF this is an enumeration/bitmask option, then convert the value
- * to a string before printing the default value.
- */
- switch (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOptDesc->fOptState)) {
- case OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION:
- (*(pOptDesc->pOptProc))( (tOptions*)2UL, pOptDesc );
- pzDefault = pOptDesc->pzLastArg;
- break;
-
- /*
- * Numeric and membership bit options are just printed as a number.
- */
- case OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC:
- case OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP:
- snprintf( zVal, sizeof( zVal ), "%ld", (tUL)pOptDesc->pzLastArg );
- pzDefault = zVal;
- break;
-
- default:
- if (pOptDesc->pzLastArg == NULL) {
- if (pzFmt == zSingleDef)
- pzFmt = zSingleNoDef;
- pzDefault = NULL;
- }
- else
- pzDefault = pOptDesc->pzLastArg;
- }
-
- printf( pzFmt, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOptDesc->pz_NAME, pzDefault );
- }
-}
-
-
-static void
-printOptionAction( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOptDesc )
-{
- if (pOptDesc->pOptProc == optionPrintVersion)
- printf( zTextExit, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, "VERSION" );
-
- else if (pOptDesc->pOptProc == optionPagedUsage)
- printf( zPagedUsageExit, pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
-
- else if (pOptDesc->pOptProc == optionLoadOpt) {
- printf( zCmdFmt, "echo 'Warning: Cannot load options files' >&2" );
- printf( zCmdFmt, "OPT_ARG_NEEDED=YES" );
-
- } else if (pOptDesc->pz_NAME == NULL) {
-
- if (pOptDesc->pOptProc == NULL) {
- printf( zCmdFmt, "echo 'Warning: Cannot save options files' "
- ">&2" );
- printf( zCmdFmt, "OPT_ARG_NEEDED=OK" );
- } else
- printf( zTextExit, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, "LONGUSAGE" );
-
- } else {
- if (pOptDesc->optMaxCt == 1)
- printf( zSingleArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOptDesc->pz_NAME );
- else {
- if ((unsigned)pOptDesc->optMaxCt < NOLIMIT)
- printf( zCountTest, pOpts->pzPROGNAME,
- pOptDesc->pz_NAME, pOptDesc->optMaxCt );
-
- printf( zMultiArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOptDesc->pz_NAME );
- }
-
- /*
- * Fix up the args.
- */
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOptDesc->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NONE) {
- printf( zCantArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOptDesc->pz_NAME );
-
- } else if (pOptDesc->fOptState & OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL) {
- printf( zMayArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOptDesc->pz_NAME );
-
- } else {
- fputs( zMustArg, stdout );
- }
- }
- fputs( zOptionEndSelect, stdout );
-}
-
-
-static void
-printOptionInaction( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOptDesc )
-{
- if (pOptDesc->pOptProc == optionLoadOpt) {
- printf( zCmdFmt, "echo 'Warning: Cannot suppress the loading of "
- "options files' >&2" );
-
- } else if (pOptDesc->optMaxCt == 1)
- printf( zNoSingleArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME,
- pOptDesc->pz_NAME, pOptDesc->pz_DisablePfx );
- else
- printf( zNoMultiArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME,
- pOptDesc->pz_NAME, pOptDesc->pz_DisablePfx );
-
- printf( zCmdFmt, "OPT_ARG_NEEDED=NO" );
- fputs( zOptionEndSelect, stdout );
-}
-
-
-static void
-emitFlag( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- tOptDesc* pOptDesc = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int optionCt = pOpts->optCt;
-
- fputs( zOptionCase, stdout );
-
- for (;optionCt > 0; pOptDesc++, --optionCt) {
-
- if (SKIP_OPT(pOptDesc))
- continue;
-
- if (isprint( pOptDesc->optValue )) {
- printf( zOptionFlag, pOptDesc->optValue );
- printOptionAction( pOpts, pOptDesc );
- }
- }
- printf( zOptionUnknown, "flag", pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Emit the match text for a long option
- */
-static void
-emitMatchExpr( tCC* pzMatchName, tOptDesc* pCurOpt, tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int oCt = pOpts->optCt;
- int min = 1;
- char zName[ 256 ];
- char* pz = zName;
-
- for (;;) {
- int matchCt = 0;
-
- /*
- * Omit the current option, Documentation opts and compiled out opts.
- */
- if ((pOD == pCurOpt) || SKIP_OPT(pOD)){
- if (--oCt <= 0)
- break;
- pOD++;
- continue;
- }
-
- /*
- * Check each character of the name case insensitively.
- * They must not be the same. They cannot be, because it would
- * not compile correctly if they were.
- */
- while ( toupper( pOD->pz_Name[matchCt] )
- == toupper( pzMatchName[matchCt] ))
- matchCt++;
-
- if (matchCt > min)
- min = matchCt;
-
- /*
- * Check the disablement name, too.
- */
- if (pOD->pz_DisableName != NULL) {
- matchCt = 0;
- while ( toupper( pOD->pz_DisableName[matchCt] )
- == toupper( pzMatchName[matchCt] ))
- matchCt++;
- if (matchCt > min)
- min = matchCt;
- }
- if (--oCt <= 0)
- break;
- pOD++;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF the 'min' is all or one short of the name length,
- * THEN the entire string must be matched.
- */
- if ( (pzMatchName[min ] == NUL)
- || (pzMatchName[min+1] == NUL) )
- printf( zOptionFullName, pzMatchName );
-
- else {
- int matchCt = 0;
- for (; matchCt <= min; matchCt++)
- *pz++ = pzMatchName[matchCt];
-
- for (;;) {
- *pz = NUL;
- printf( zOptionPartName, zName );
- *pz++ = pzMatchName[matchCt++];
- if (pzMatchName[matchCt] == NUL) {
- *pz = NUL;
- printf( zOptionFullName, zName );
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Emit GNU-standard long option handling code
- */
-static void
-emitLong( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int ct = pOpts->optCt;
-
- fputs( zOptionCase, stdout );
-
- /*
- * do each option, ...
- */
- do {
- /*
- * Documentation & compiled-out options
- */
- if (SKIP_OPT(pOD))
- continue;
-
- emitMatchExpr( pOD->pz_Name, pOD, pOpts );
- printOptionAction( pOpts, pOD );
-
- /*
- * Now, do the same thing for the disablement version of the option.
- */
- if (pOD->pz_DisableName != NULL) {
- emitMatchExpr( pOD->pz_DisableName, pOD, pOpts );
- printOptionInaction( pOpts, pOD );
- }
- } while (pOD++, --ct > 0);
-
- printf( zOptionUnknown, "option", pOpts->pzPROGNAME );
-}
-
-
-static void
-openOutput( const char* pzFile )
-{
- FILE* fp;
- char* pzData = NULL;
- struct stat stbf;
-
- do {
- char* pzScan;
- int sizeLeft;
-
- /*
- * IF we cannot stat the file,
- * THEN assume we are creating a new file.
- * Skip the loading of the old data.
- */
- if (stat( pzFile, &stbf ) != 0)
- break;
-
- /*
- * The file must be a regular file
- */
- if (! S_ISREG( stbf.st_mode )) {
- fprintf( stderr, zNotFile, pzFile );
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- pzData = (char*)malloc( stbf.st_size + 1 );
- fp = fopen( pzFile, "r" FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG );
-
- sizeLeft = stbf.st_size;
- pzScan = pzData;
-
- /*
- * Read in all the data as fast as our OS will let us.
- */
- for (;;) {
- int inct = fread( (void*)pzScan, 1, sizeLeft, fp );
- if (inct == 0)
- break;
-
- pzScan += inct;
- sizeLeft -= inct;
-
- if (sizeLeft == 0)
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * NUL-terminate the leader and look for the trailer
- */
- *pzScan = '\0';
- fclose( fp );
- pzScan = strstr( pzData, zStartMarker );
- if (pzScan == NULL) {
- pzTrailer = pzData;
- break;
- }
-
- *(pzScan++) = NUL;
- pzScan = strstr( pzScan, zTrailerMarker );
- if (pzScan == NULL) {
- pzTrailer = pzData;
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * Check to see if the data contains
- * our marker. If it does, then we will skip over it
- */
- pzTrailer = pzScan + sizeof( zTrailerMarker ) - 1;
- pzLeader = pzData;
- } while (AG_FALSE);
-
- freopen( pzFile, "w" FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG, stdout );
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func genshelloptUsage
- * private:
- * what: The usage function for the genshellopt generated program
- *
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + int + exitCode + usage text type to produce +
- *
- * doc:
- * This function is used to create the usage strings for the option
- * processing shell script code. Two child processes are spawned
- * each emitting the usage text in either the short (error exit)
- * style or the long style. The generated program will capture this
- * and create shell script variables containing the two types of text.
-=*/
-void
-genshelloptUsage( tOptions* pOpts, int exitCode )
-{
- /*
- * IF not EXIT_SUCCESS,
- * THEN emit the short form of usage.
- */
- if (exitCode != EXIT_SUCCESS)
- optionUsage( pOpts, exitCode );
- fflush( stderr );
- fflush( stdout );
-
- option_usage_fp = stdout;
-
- /*
- * First, print our usage
- */
- switch (fork()) {
- case -1:
- optionUsage( pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE );
- /*NOTREACHED*/
- _exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-
- case 0:
- pagerState = PAGER_STATE_CHILD;
- optionUsage( pOpts, EXIT_SUCCESS );
- /*NOTREACHED*/
- _exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-
- default:
- {
- int stat;
- wait( &stat );
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Generate the pzProgName, since optionProcess() normally
- * gets it from the command line
- */
- {
- char* pz;
- AGDUPSTR( pz, pShellParseOptions->pzPROGNAME, "program name" );
- pShellParseOptions->pzProgName = pz;
- while (*pz != NUL) {
- *pz = tolower( *pz );
- pz++;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Separate the makeshell usage from the client usage
- */
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zGenshell, pShellParseOptions->pzProgName );
- fflush( option_usage_fp );
-
- /*
- * Now, print the client usage.
- */
- switch (fork()) {
- case 0:
- pagerState = PAGER_STATE_CHILD;
- /*FALLTHROUGH*/
- case -1:
- optionUsage( pShellParseOptions, EXIT_FAILURE );
-
- default:
- {
- int stat;
- wait( &stat );
- }
- }
-
- exit( EXIT_SUCCESS );
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/makeshell.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: nested.c,v 4.8 2005/09/04 21:13:39 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-07-27 10:10:28 bkorb"
- *
- * Automated Options Nested Values module.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static void
-removeBackslashes( char* pzSrc );
-
-static const char*
-scanQuotedString( const char* pzTxt );
-
-static tOptionValue*
-addStringValue( void** pp, const char* pzName, size_t nameLen,
- const char* pzValue, size_t dataLen );
-
-static tOptionValue*
-addBoolValue( void** pp, const char* pzName, size_t nameLen,
- const char* pzValue, size_t dataLen );
-
-static tOptionValue*
-addNumberValue( void** pp, const char* pzName, size_t nameLen,
- const char* pzValue, size_t dataLen );
-
-static tOptionValue*
-addNestedValue( void** pp, const char* pzName, size_t nameLen,
- char* pzValue, size_t dataLen, tOptionLoadMode mode );
-
-static const char*
-scanNameEntry( const char* pzName, tOptionValue* pRes, tOptionLoadMode mode );
-
-static const char*
-scanXmlEntry( const char* pzName, tOptionValue* pRes, tOptionLoadMode mode );
-
-static void
-unloadNestedArglist( tArgList* pAL );
-
-static void
-sortNestedList( tArgList* pAL );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/* removeBackslashes
- *
- * This function assumes that all newline characters were preceeded by
- * backslashes that need removal.
- */
-static void
-removeBackslashes( char* pzSrc )
-{
- char* pzD = strchr(pzSrc, '\n');
-
- if (pzD == NULL)
- return;
- *--pzD = '\n';
-
- for (;;) {
- char ch = ((*pzD++) = *(pzSrc++));
- switch (ch) {
- case '\n': *--pzD = ch; break;
- case NUL: return;
- default:
- ;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/* scanQuotedString
- *
- * Find the end of a quoted string, skipping escaped quote characters.
- */
-static const char*
-scanQuotedString( const char* pzTxt )
-{
- char q = *(pzTxt++); /* remember the type of quote */
-
- for (;;) {
- char ch = *(pzTxt++);
- if (ch == NUL)
- return pzTxt-1;
-
- if (ch == q)
- return pzTxt;
-
- if (ch == '\\') {
- ch = *(pzTxt++);
- /*
- * IF the next character is NUL, drop the backslash, too.
- */
- if (ch == NUL)
- return pzTxt - 2;
-
- /*
- * IF the quote character or the escape character were escaped,
- * then skip both, as long as the string does not end.
- */
- if ((ch == q) || (ch == '\\')) {
- if (*(pzTxt++) == NUL)
- return pzTxt-1;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/* addStringValue
- *
- * Associate a name with either a string or no value.
- */
-static tOptionValue*
-addStringValue( void** pp, const char* pzName, size_t nameLen,
- const char* pzValue, size_t dataLen )
-{
- tOptionValue* pNV;
- size_t sz = nameLen + dataLen + sizeof(*pNV);
-
- pNV = AGALOC( sz, "option name/str value pair" );
- if (pNV == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- if (pzValue == NULL) {
- pNV->valType = OPARG_TYPE_NONE;
- pNV->pzName = pNV->v.strVal;
-
- } else {
- pNV->valType = OPARG_TYPE_STRING;
- if (dataLen > 0)
- memcpy( pNV->v.strVal, pzValue, dataLen );
- pNV->v.strVal[dataLen] = NUL;
- pNV->pzName = pNV->v.strVal + dataLen + 1;
- }
-
- memcpy( pNV->pzName, pzName, nameLen );
- pNV->pzName[ nameLen ] = NUL;
- addArgListEntry( pp, pNV );
- return pNV;
-}
-
-
-/* addBoolValue
- *
- * Associate a name with either a string or no value.
- */
-static tOptionValue*
-addBoolValue( void** pp, const char* pzName, size_t nameLen,
- const char* pzValue, size_t dataLen )
-{
- tOptionValue* pNV;
- size_t sz = nameLen + sizeof(*pNV) + 1;
-
- pNV = AGALOC( sz, "option name/bool value pair" );
- if (pNV == NULL)
- return NULL;
- while (isspace( *pzValue ) && (dataLen > 0)) {
- dataLen--; pzValue++;
- }
- if (dataLen == 0)
- pNV->v.boolVal = 0;
- else if (isdigit( *pzValue ))
- pNV->v.boolVal = atoi( pzValue );
- else switch (*pzValue) {
- case 'f':
- case 'F':
- case 'n':
- case 'N':
- pNV->v.boolVal = 0; break;
- default:
- pNV->v.boolVal = 1;
- }
-
- pNV->valType = OPARG_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
- pNV->pzName = (char*)(pNV + 1);
- memcpy( pNV->pzName, pzName, nameLen );
- pNV->pzName[ nameLen ] = NUL;
- addArgListEntry( pp, pNV );
- return pNV;
-}
-
-
-/* addNumberValue
- *
- * Associate a name with either a string or no value.
- */
-static tOptionValue*
-addNumberValue( void** pp, const char* pzName, size_t nameLen,
- const char* pzValue, size_t dataLen )
-{
- tOptionValue* pNV;
- size_t sz = nameLen + sizeof(*pNV) + 1;
-
- pNV = AGALOC( sz, "option name/bool value pair" );
- if (pNV == NULL)
- return NULL;
- while (isspace( *pzValue ) && (dataLen > 0)) {
- dataLen--; pzValue++;
- }
- if (dataLen == 0)
- pNV->v.boolVal = 0;
- else
- pNV->v.boolVal = atoi( pzValue );
-
- pNV->valType = OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC;
- pNV->pzName = (char*)(pNV + 1);
- memcpy( pNV->pzName, pzName, nameLen );
- pNV->pzName[ nameLen ] = NUL;
- addArgListEntry( pp, pNV );
- return pNV;
-}
-
-
-/* addNestedValue
- *
- * Associate a name with either a string or no value.
- */
-static tOptionValue*
-addNestedValue( void** pp, const char* pzName, size_t nameLen,
- char* pzValue, size_t dataLen, tOptionLoadMode mode )
-{
- tOptionValue* pNV;
-
- if (dataLen == 0) {
- size_t sz = nameLen + sizeof(*pNV) + 1;
- pNV = AGALOC( sz, "empty nested value pair" );
- if (pNV == NULL)
- return NULL;
- pNV->v.nestVal = NULL;
- pNV->valType = OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY;
- pNV->pzName = (char*)(pNV + 1);
- memcpy( pNV->pzName, pzName, nameLen );
- pNV->pzName[ nameLen ] = NUL;
-
- } else {
- pNV = optionLoadNested( pzValue, pzName, nameLen, mode );
- }
-
- if (pNV != NULL)
- addArgListEntry( pp, pNV );
-
- return pNV;
-}
-
-
-/* scanNameEntry
- *
- * We have an entry that starts with a name. Find the end of it, cook it
- * (if called for) and create the name/value association.
- */
-static const char*
-scanNameEntry( const char* pzName, tOptionValue* pRes, tOptionLoadMode mode )
-{
- tOptionValue* pNV;
- const char* pzScan = pzName+1;
- const char* pzVal;
- size_t nameLen = 1;
- size_t dataLen = 0;
-
- while (ISNAMECHAR( *pzScan )) { pzScan++; nameLen++; }
-
- while (isspace( *pzScan )) {
- char ch = *(pzScan++);
- if ((ch == '\n') || (ch == ',')) {
- addStringValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen, NULL, 0 );
- return pzScan - 1;
- }
- }
-
- switch (*pzScan) {
- case '=':
- case ':':
- while (isspace( *++pzScan )) ;
- switch (*pzScan) {
- case ',': goto comma_char;
- case '"':
- case '\'': goto quote_char;
- case NUL: addStringValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen, NULL, 0);
- goto leave_scan_name;
- default: goto default_char;
- }
-
- case ',':
- comma_char:
- pzScan++;
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
-
- case NUL:
- addStringValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen, NULL, 0 );
- break;
-
- case '"':
- case '\'':
- quote_char:
- pzVal = pzScan;
- pzScan = scanQuotedString( pzScan );
- dataLen = pzScan - pzVal;
- pNV = addStringValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen,
- pzVal, dataLen );
- if ((pNV != NULL) && (mode == OPTION_LOAD_COOKED))
- ao_string_cook( pNV->v.strVal, NULL );
- break;
-
- default:
- default_char:
- /*
- * We have found some strange text value. It ends with a newline
- * or a comma.
- */
- pzVal = pzScan;
- for (;;) {
- char ch = *(pzScan++);
- switch (ch) {
- case '\n':
- if ((pzScan > pzVal + 2) && (pzScan[-2] == '\\'))
- continue;
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
-
- case ',':
- dataLen = (pzScan - pzVal) - 1;
- pNV = addStringValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen,
- pzVal, dataLen );
- if (pNV != NULL)
- removeBackslashes( pNV->v.strVal );
- goto leave_scan_name;
- }
- }
- break;
- } leave_scan_name:;
-
- return pzScan;
-}
-
-
-/* scanXmlEntry
- *
- * We've found a '<' character. We ignore this if it is a comment or a
- * directive. If it is something else, then whatever it is we are looking
- * at is bogus. Returning NULL stops processing.
- */
-static const char*
-scanXmlEntry( const char* pzName, tOptionValue* pRes, tOptionLoadMode mode )
-{
- size_t nameLen = 1, valLen = 0;
- const char* pzScan = ++pzName;
- const char* pzVal;
- tOptionValue valu;
- tOptionValue* pNewVal;
-
- if (! isalpha(*pzName)) {
- switch (*pzName) {
- default:
- pzName = NULL;
- break;
-
- case '!':
- pzName = strstr( pzName, "-->" );
- if (pzName != NULL)
- pzName += 3;
- break;
-
- case '?':
- pzName = strchr( pzName, '>' );
- if (pzName != NULL)
- pzName++;
- break;
- }
- return pzName;
- }
-
- while (isalpha( *++pzScan )) nameLen++;
- if (nameLen > 64)
- return NULL;
- valu.valType = OPARG_TYPE_STRING;
-
- switch (*pzScan) {
- case ' ':
- case '\t':
- pzScan = parseAttributes( NULL, (char*)pzScan, &mode, &valu );
- if (*pzScan == '>') {
- pzScan++;
- break;
- }
-
- if (*pzScan != '/')
- return NULL;
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
-
- case '/':
- if (*++pzScan != '>')
- return NULL;
- addStringValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen, NULL, 0 );
- return pzScan+2;
-
- default: return NULL;
- case '>': break;
- }
-
- pzVal = pzScan;
-
- {
- char z[68];
- char* pzD = z;
- int ct = nameLen;
- const char* pzS = pzName;
-
- *(pzD++) = '<';
- *(pzD++) = '/';
-
- do {
- *(pzD++) = *(pzS++);
- } while (--ct > 0);
- *(pzD++) = '>';
- *pzD = NUL;
-
- pzScan = strstr( pzScan, z );
- if (pzScan == NULL)
- return NULL;
- valLen = (pzScan - pzVal);
- pzScan += nameLen + 3;
- while (isspace( *pzScan )) pzScan++;
- }
-
- switch (valu.valType) {
- case OPARG_TYPE_NONE:
- addStringValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen, NULL, 0 );
- break;
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_STRING:
- pNewVal =
- addStringValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen, pzVal, valLen );
- if (mode == OPTION_LOAD_KEEP)
- break;
- mungeString( pNewVal->v.strVal, mode );
- break;
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
- addBoolValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen, pzVal, valLen );
- break;
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC:
- addNumberValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen, pzVal, valLen );
- break;
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY:
- {
- char* pz = AGALOC( valLen+1, "hierarchical scan" );
- if (pz == NULL)
- break;
- memcpy( pz, pzVal, valLen );
- pz[valLen] = NUL;
- addNestedValue( &(pRes->v.nestVal), pzName, nameLen, pz, valLen, mode );
- free(pz);
- break;
- }
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION:
- case OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP:
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return pzScan;
-}
-
-
-static void
-unloadNestedArglist( tArgList* pAL )
-{
- int ct = pAL->useCt;
- tOptionValue** ppNV = (tOptionValue**)(pAL->apzArgs);
-
- while (ct-- > 0) {
- tOptionValue* pNV = *(ppNV++);
- if (pNV->valType == OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY)
- unloadNestedArglist( pNV->v.nestVal );
- free( pNV );
- }
-
- free( (void*)pAL );
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionUnloadNested
- *
- * what: Deallocate the memory for a nested value
- * arg: + const tOptionValue* + pOptVal + the hierarchical value +
- *
- * doc:
- * A nested value needs to be deallocated. The pointer passed in should
- * have been gotten from a call to @code{configFileLoad()} (See
- * @pxref{libopts-configFileLoad}).
-=*/
-void
-optionUnloadNested( const tOptionValue* pOV )
-{
- if (pOV == NULL) return;
- if (pOV->valType != OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return;
- }
-
- unloadNestedArglist( pOV->v.nestVal );
-
- free( (void*)pOV );
-}
-
-
-/* sortNestedList
- *
- * This is a _stable_ sort. The entries are sorted alphabetically,
- * but within entries of the same name the ordering is unchanged.
- * Typically, we also hope the input is sorted.
- */
-static void
-sortNestedList( tArgList* pAL )
-{
- int ix;
- int lm = pAL->useCt;
-
- /*
- * This loop iterates "useCt" - 1 times.
- */
- for (ix = 0; ++ix < lm;) {
- int iy = ix-1;
- tOptionValue* pNewNV = (tOptionValue*)pAL->apzArgs[ix];
- tOptionValue* pOldNV = (tOptionValue*)pAL->apzArgs[iy];
-
- /*
- * For as long as the new entry precedes the "old" entry,
- * move the old pointer. Stop before trying to extract the
- * "-1" entry.
- */
- while (strcmp( pOldNV->pzName, pNewNV->pzName ) > 0) {
- pAL->apzArgs[iy+1] = (void*)pOldNV;
- pOldNV = (tOptionValue*)pAL->apzArgs[--iy];
- if (iy < 0)
- break;
- }
-
- /*
- * Always store the pointer. Sometimes it is redundant,
- * but the redundancy is cheaper than a test and branch sequence.
- */
- pAL->apzArgs[iy+1] = (void*)pNewNV;
- }
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionLoadNested
- * private:
- *
- * what: parse a hierarchical option argument
- * arg: + const char* + pzTxt + the text to scan +
- * arg: + const char* + pzName + the name for the text +
- * arg: + size_t + nameLen + the length of "name" +
- * arg: + tOptionLoadMode + mode + the value formation mode +
- *
- * ret_type: tOptionValue*
- * ret_desc: An allocated, compound value structure
- *
- * doc:
- * A block of text represents a series of values. It may be an
- * entire configuration file, or it may be an argument to an
- * option that takes a hierarchical value.
-=*/
-tOptionValue*
-optionLoadNested( const char* pzTxt, const char* pzName, size_t nameLen,
- tOptionLoadMode mode )
-{
- tOptionValue* pRes;
- tArgList* pAL;
-
- /*
- * Make sure we have some data and we have space to put what we find.
- */
- if (pzTxt == NULL) {
- errno = EINVAL;
- return NULL;
- }
- while (isspace( *pzTxt )) pzTxt++;
- if (*pzTxt == NUL) {
- errno = ENOENT;
- return NULL;
- }
- pRes = AGALOC( sizeof(*pRes) + nameLen + 1, "nested args" );
- if (pRes == NULL) {
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return NULL;
- }
- pRes->valType = OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY;
- pRes->pzName = (char*)(pRes + 1);
- memcpy( pRes->pzName, pzName, nameLen );
- pRes->pzName[ nameLen ] = NUL;
-
- pAL = AGALOC( sizeof(*pAL), "nested arg list" );
- if (pAL == NULL) {
- free( pRes );
- return NULL;
- }
- pRes->v.nestVal = pAL;
- pAL->useCt = 0;
- pAL->allocCt = MIN_ARG_ALLOC_CT;
-
- /*
- * Scan until we hit a NUL.
- */
- do {
- while (isspace( *pzTxt )) pzTxt++;
- if (isalpha( *pzTxt )) {
- pzTxt = scanNameEntry( pzTxt, pRes, mode );
- }
- else switch (*pzTxt) {
- case NUL: goto scan_done;
- case '<': pzTxt = scanXmlEntry( pzTxt, pRes, mode );
- if (*pzTxt == ',') pzTxt++; break;
- case '#': pzTxt = strchr( pzTxt, '\n' ); break;
- default: goto woops;
- }
- } while (pzTxt != NULL); scan_done:;
-
- pAL = pRes->v.nestVal;
- if (pAL->useCt != 0) {
- sortNestedList( pAL );
- return pRes;
- }
-
- woops:
- free( pRes->v.nestVal );
- free( pRes );
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionNestedVal
- * private:
- *
- * what: parse a hierarchical option argument
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + the descriptor for this arg +
- *
- * doc:
- * Nested value was found on the command line
-=*/
-void
-optionNestedVal( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOD )
-{
- tOptionValue* pOV =
- optionLoadNested(pOD->pzLastArg, pOD->pz_Name, strlen( pOD->pz_Name ),
- OPTION_LOAD_UNCOOKED);
-
- if (pOV != NULL)
- addArgListEntry( &(pOD->optCookie), (void*)pOV );
-}
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/nested.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: numeric.c,v 4.2 2005/01/09 00:25:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-14 08:22:56 bkorb"
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/*=export_func optionNumericVal
- * private:
- *
- * what: Decipher a boolean value
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + the descriptor for this arg +
- *
- * doc:
- * Decipher a numeric value.
-=*/
-void
-optionNumericVal( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOD )
-{
- char* pz;
- long val;
-
- /*
- * Numeric options may have a range associated with it.
- * If it does, the usage procedure requests that it be
- * emitted by passing a NULL pOD pointer.
- */
- if ((pOD == NULL) || (pOD->pzLastArg == NULL))
- return;
-
- val = strtol( pOD->pzLastArg, &pz, 0 );
- if (*pz != NUL) {
- fprintf( stderr, zNotNumber, pOpts->pzProgName, pOD->pzLastArg );
- (*(pOpts->pUsageProc))(pOpts, EXIT_FAILURE);
- }
-
- pOD->pzLastArg = (char*)val;
-}
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/numeric.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: pgusage.c,v 4.2 2005/01/09 00:25:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-14 08:22:01 bkorb"
- *
- * Automated Options Paged Usage module.
- *
- * This routine will run run-on options through a pager so the
- * user may examine, print or edit them at their leisure.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-tePagerState pagerState = PAGER_STATE_INITIAL;
-
-/*=export_func optionPagedUsage
- * private:
- *
- * what: Decipher a boolean value
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + the descriptor for this arg +
- *
- * doc:
- * Run the usage output through a pager.
- * This is very handy if it is very long.
-=*/
-void
-optionPagedUsage( tOptions* pOptions, tOptDesc* pOD )
-{
- static pid_t my_pid;
- char zPageUsage[ 1024 ];
-
- /*
- * IF we are being called after the usage proc is done
- * (and thus has called "exit(2)")
- * THEN invoke the pager to page through the usage file we created.
- */
- switch (pagerState) {
- case PAGER_STATE_INITIAL:
- {
- my_pid = getpid();
-#ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF
- snprintf( zPageUsage, sizeof(zPageUsage), "/tmp/use.%lu", (tUL)my_pid );
-#else
- sprintf( zPageUsage, "/tmp/use.%lu", (tUL)my_pid );
-#endif
- unlink( zPageUsage );
-
- /*
- * Set usage output to this temporary file
- */
- option_usage_fp = fopen( zPageUsage, "w" FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG );
- if (option_usage_fp == NULL)
- _exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-
- pagerState = PAGER_STATE_READY;
-
- /*
- * Set up so this routine gets called during the exit logic
- */
- atexit( (void(*)(void))optionPagedUsage );
-
- /*
- * The usage procedure will now put the usage information into
- * the temporary file we created above.
- */
- (*pOptions->pUsageProc)( pOptions, EXIT_SUCCESS );
-
- /*NOTREACHED*/
- _exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- case PAGER_STATE_READY:
- {
- tSCC zPage[] = "%1$s /tmp/use.%2$lu ; rm -f /tmp/use.%2$lu";
- char* pzPager = getenv( "PAGER" );
-
- /*
- * Use the "more(1)" program if "PAGER" has not been defined
- */
- if (pzPager == NULL)
- pzPager = "more";
-
- /*
- * Page the file and remove it when done.
- */
-#ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF
- snprintf( zPageUsage, sizeof(zPageUsage), zPage, pzPager, (tUL)my_pid );
-#else
- sprintf( zPageUsage, zPage, pzPager, (tUL)my_pid );
-#endif
- fclose( stderr );
- dup2( STDOUT_FILENO, STDERR_FILENO );
-
- system( zPageUsage );
- }
-
- case PAGER_STATE_CHILD:
- /*
- * This is a child process used in creating shell script usage.
- */
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/pgusage.c */
+++ /dev/null
-/* -*- buffer-read-only: t -*- vi: set ro:
- *
- * Prototypes for autoopts
- * Generated Tue Sep 20 20:43:10 PDT 2005
- */
-#ifndef AUTOOPTS_PROTO_H_GUARD
-#define AUTOOPTS_PROTO_H_GUARD
-#ifndef LOCAL
-# define LOCAL extern
-# define REDEF_LOCAL 1
-#else
-# undef REDEF_LOCAL
-#endif
-/*
- * Extracted from autoopts.c
- */
-LOCAL tSuccess
-handleOption( tOptions* pOpts, tOptState* pOptState );
-
-LOCAL tSuccess
-longOptionFind( tOptions* pOpts, char* pzOptName, tOptState* pOptState );
-
-LOCAL tSuccess
-shortOptionFind( tOptions* pOpts, tUC optValue, tOptState* pOptState );
-
-LOCAL tSuccess
-doImmediateOpts( tOptions* pOpts );
-
-LOCAL tSuccess
-doRegularOpts( tOptions* pOpts );
-
-/*
- * Extracted from configfile.c
- */
-LOCAL void
-internalFileLoad( tOptions* pOpts );
-
-LOCAL char*
-parseAttributes(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- char* pzText,
- tOptionLoadMode* pMode,
- tOptionValue* pType );
-
-LOCAL tSuccess
-validateOptionsStruct( tOptions* pOpts, const char* pzProgram );
-
-/*
- * Extracted from environment.c
- */
-LOCAL void
-doPrognameEnv( tOptions* pOpts, teEnvPresetType type );
-
-LOCAL void
-doEnvPresets( tOptions* pOpts, teEnvPresetType type );
-
-/*
- * Extracted from load.c
- */
-LOCAL void
-mungeString( char* pzTxt, tOptionLoadMode mode );
-
-LOCAL void
-loadOptionLine(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptState* pOS,
- char* pzLine,
- tDirection direction,
- tOptionLoadMode load_mode );
-
-/*
- * Extracted from sort.c
- */
-LOCAL void
-optionSort( tOptions* pOpts );
-
-/*
- * Extracted from stack.c
- */
-LOCAL void
-addArgListEntry( void** ppAL, void* entry );
-
-#ifdef REDEF_LOCAL
-# undef LOCAL
-# define LOCAL
-#endif
-
-#endif /* AUTOOPTS_PROTO_H_GUARD */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: putshell.c,v 4.2 2005/01/09 00:25:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-14 14:55:01 bkorb"
- *
- * This module will interpret the options set in the tOptions
- * structure and print them to standard out in a fashion that
- * will allow them to be interpreted by the Bourne or Korn shells.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static void
-putQuotedStr( tCC* pzStr );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/*
- * Make sure embedded single quotes come out okay. The initial quote has
- * been emitted and the closing quote will be upon return.
- */
-static void
-putQuotedStr( tCC* pzStr )
-{
- /*
- * Handle empty strings to make the rese of the logic simpler.
- */
- if ((pzStr == NULL) || (*pzStr == NUL)) {
- fputs( "''", stdout );
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * Emit any single quotes/apostrophes at the start of the string and
- * bail if that is all we need to do.
- */
- while (*pzStr == '\'') {
- fputs( "\\'", stdout );
- pzStr++;
- }
- if (*pzStr == NUL)
- return;
-
- /*
- * Start the single quote string
- */
- fputc( '\'', stdout );
- for (;;) {
- tCC* pz = strchr( pzStr, '\'' );
- if (pz == NULL)
- break;
-
- /*
- * Emit the string up to the single quote (apostrophe) we just found.
- */
- fwrite( pzStr, (pz - pzStr), 1, stdout );
- fputc( '\'', stdout );
- pzStr = pz;
-
- /*
- * Emit an escaped apostrophe for every one we find.
- * If that ends the string, do not re-open the single quotes.
- */
- while (*++pzStr == '\'') fputs( "\\'", stdout );
- if (*pzStr == NUL)
- return;
-
- fputc( '\'', stdout );
- }
-
- /*
- * If we broke out of the loop, we must still emit the remaining text
- * and then close the single quote string.
- */
- fputs( pzStr, stdout );
- fputc( '\'', stdout );
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionPutShell
- * what: write a portable shell script to parse options
- * private:
- * arg: tOptions*, pOpts, the program options descriptor
- * doc: This routine will emit portable shell script text for parsing
- * the options described in the option definitions.
-=*/
-void
-optionPutShell( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- int optIx = 0;
- tSCC zOptCtFmt[] = "OPTION_CT=%d\nexport OPTION_CT\n";
- tSCC zOptNumFmt[] = "%1$s_%2$s=%3$d # 0x%3$X\nexport %1$s_%2$s\n";
- tSCC zOptDisabl[] = "%1$s_%2$s=%3$s\nexport %1$s_%2$s\n";
- tSCC zOptValFmt[] = "%s_%s=";
- tSCC zOptEnd[] = "\nexport %s_%s\n";
- tSCC zFullOptFmt[]= "%1$s_%2$s='%3$s'\nexport %1$s_%2$s\n";
- tSCC zEquivMode[] = "%1$s_%2$s_MODE='%3$s'\nexport %1$s_%2$s_MODE\n";
-
- printf( zOptCtFmt, pOpts->curOptIdx-1 );
-
- do {
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc + optIx;
-
- if (SKIP_OPT(pOD))
- continue;
-
- /*
- * Equivalence classes are hard to deal with. Where the
- * option data wind up kind of squishes around. For the purposes
- * of emitting shell state, they are not recommended, but we'll
- * do something. I guess we'll emit the equivalenced-to option
- * at the point in time when the base option is found.
- */
- if (pOD->optEquivIndex != NO_EQUIVALENT)
- continue; /* equivalence to a different option */
-
- /*
- * Equivalenced to a different option. Process the current option
- * as the equivalenced-to option. Keep the persistent state bits,
- * but copy over the set-state bits.
- */
- if (pOD->optActualIndex != optIx) {
- tOptDesc* p = pOpts->pOptDesc + pOD->optActualIndex;
- p->pzLastArg = pOD->pzLastArg;
- p->fOptState &= OPTST_PERSISTENT;
- p->fOptState |= pOD->fOptState & ~OPTST_PERSISTENT;
- printf( zEquivMode, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME, p->pz_NAME );
- pOD = p;
- }
-
- /*
- * If the argument type is a set membership bitmask, then we always
- * emit the thing. We do this because it will always have some sort
- * of bitmask value and we need to emit the bit values.
- */
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP) {
- char* pz;
- uintptr_t val = 1;
- printf( zOptNumFmt, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME,
- (uintptr_t)(pOD->optCookie) );
- pOD->optCookie = (void*)(uintptr_t)~0UL;
- (*(pOD->pOptProc))( (tOptions*)2UL, pOD );
-
- /*
- * We are building the typeset list. The list returned starts with
- * 'none + ' for use by option saving stuff. We must ignore that.
- */
- pz = (char*)pOD->pzLastArg + 7;
- while (*pz != NUL) {
- printf( "typeset -x -i %s_", pOD->pz_NAME );
- pz += strspn( pz, " +\t\n\f" );
- for (;;) {
- char ch = *(pz++);
- if (islower( ch )) fputc( toupper( ch ), stdout );
- else if (isalnum( ch )) fputc( ch, stdout );
- else if (isspace( ch )
- || (ch == '+')) goto name_done;
- else if (ch == NUL) { pz--; goto name_done; }
- else fputc( '_', stdout );
- } name_done:;
- printf( "=%1$d # 0x%1$X\n", val );
- val <<= 1;
- }
- free( (void*)(pOD->pzLastArg) );
- continue;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF the option was either specified or it wakes up enabled,
- * then we will emit information. Otherwise, skip it.
- * The idea is that if someone defines an option to initialize
- * enabled, we should tell our shell script that it is enabled.
- */
- if (UNUSED_OPT( pOD ) && DISABLED_OPT( pOD ))
- continue;
-
- /*
- * Handle stacked arguments
- */
- if ( (pOD->fOptState & OPTST_STACKED)
- && (pOD->optCookie != NULL) ) {
- tSCC zOptCookieCt[] = "%1$s_%2$s_CT=%3$d\nexport %1$s_%2$s_CT\n";
-
- tArgList* pAL = (tArgList*)pOD->optCookie;
- tCC** ppz = pAL->apzArgs;
- int ct = pAL->useCt;
-
- printf( zOptCookieCt, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME, ct );
-
- while (--ct >= 0) {
- tSCC zOptNumArg[] = "%s_%s_%d=";
- tSCC zOptEnd[] = "\nexport %s_%s_%d\n";
-
- printf( zOptNumArg, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME,
- pAL->useCt - ct );
- putQuotedStr( *(ppz++) );
- printf( zOptEnd, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME,
- pAL->useCt - ct );
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * If the argument has been disabled,
- * Then set its value to the disablement string
- */
- else if ((pOD->fOptState & OPTST_DISABLED) != 0)
- printf( zOptDisabl, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME,
- (pOD->pz_DisablePfx != NULL)
- ? pOD->pz_DisablePfx : "false" );
-
- /*
- * If the argument type is numeric, the last arg pointer
- * is really the VALUE of the string that was pointed to.
- */
- else if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC)
- printf( zOptNumFmt, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME,
- (uintptr_t)(pOD->pzLastArg) );
-
- /*
- * If the argument type is an enumeration, then it is much
- * like a text value, except we call the callback function
- * to emit the value corresponding to the "pzLastArg" number.
- */
- else if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION) {
- printf( zOptValFmt, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME );
- fputc( '\'', stdout );
- (*(pOD->pOptProc))( (tOptions*)1UL, pOD );
- fputc( '\'', stdout );
- printf( zOptEnd, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME );
- }
-
- /*
- * If the argument type is numeric, the last arg pointer
- * is really the VALUE of the string that was pointed to.
- */
- else if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_BOOLEAN)
- printf( zFullOptFmt, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME,
- ((uintptr_t)(pOD->pzLastArg) == 0) ? "false" : "true" );
-
- /*
- * IF the option has an empty value,
- * THEN we set the argument to the occurrence count.
- */
- else if ( (pOD->pzLastArg == NULL)
- || (pOD->pzLastArg[0] == NUL) )
-
- printf( zOptNumFmt, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME,
- (int)pOD->optOccCt );
-
- /*
- * This option has a text value
- */
- else {
- printf( zOptValFmt, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME );
- putQuotedStr( pOD->pzLastArg );
- printf( zOptEnd, pOpts->pzPROGNAME, pOD->pz_NAME );
- }
- } while (++optIx < pOpts->presetOptCt );
-
- if ( ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_REORDER) != 0)
- && (pOpts->curOptIdx < pOpts->origArgCt)) {
- fputs( "set --", stdout );
- for (optIx = pOpts->curOptIdx; optIx < pOpts->origArgCt; optIx++) {
- char* pzArg = pOpts->origArgVect[ optIx ];
- if (strchr( pzArg, '\'' ) == NULL)
- printf( " '%s'", pzArg );
- else {
- fputs( " '", stdout );
- for (;;) {
- char ch = *(pzArg++);
- switch (ch) {
- case '\'': fputs( "'\\''", stdout ); break;
- case NUL: goto arg_done;
- default: fputc( ch, stdout ); break;
- }
- } arg_done:;
- fputc( '\'', stdout );
- }
- }
- fputs( "\nOPTION_CT=0\n", stdout );
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/putshell.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * restore.c $Id: restore.c,v 4.2 2005/01/09 00:25:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-23 15:10:20 bkorb"
- *
- * This module's routines will save the current option state to memory
- * and restore it. If saved prior to the initial optionProcess call,
- * then the initial state will be restored.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/*=export_func optionSaveState
- *
- * what: saves the option state to memory
- * arg: tOptions*, pOpts, program options descriptor
- *
- * doc: This routine will allocate enough memory to save the current
- * option processing state. If this routine has been called before,
- * that memory will be reused. You may only save one copy of the
- * option state. This routine may be called before optionProcess(3AO).
- * If you do call it before the first call to optionProcess, then
- * you may also change the contents of argc/argv after you call
- * optionRestore(3AO)
- *
- * err: If it fails to allocate the memory,
- * it will print a message to stderr and exit.
- * Otherwise, it will always succeed.
-=*/
-void
-optionSaveState( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- if (pOpts->pSavedState == NULL) {
- size_t sz = sizeof( *pOpts ) + (pOpts->optCt * sizeof( tOptDesc ));
- pOpts->pSavedState = AGALOC( sz, "saved option state" );
- if (pOpts->pSavedState == NULL) {
- tCC* pzName = pOpts->pzProgName;
- if (pzName == NULL) {
- pzName = pOpts->pzPROGNAME;
- if (pzName == NULL)
- pzName = zNil;
- }
- fprintf( stderr, zCantSave, pzName, sz );
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
- }
-
- {
- tOptions* p = pOpts->pSavedState;
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int ct = pOpts->optCt;
-
- memcpy( p, pOpts, sizeof( *p ));
- memcpy( p + 1, pOpts->pOptDesc, p->optCt * sizeof( tOptDesc ));
-
- /*
- * Make sure that allocated stuff is only referenced in the
- * archived copy of the data.
- */
- for (; ct-- > 0; pOD++) {
- switch (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState)) {
- case OPARG_TYPE_STRING:
- if (pOD->fOptState & OPTST_STACKED) {
- tOptDesc* q = p->pOptDesc + (pOD - pOpts->pOptDesc);
- q->optCookie = NULL;
- }
- break;
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY:
- {
- tOptDesc* q = p->pOptDesc + (pOD - pOpts->pOptDesc);
- q->optCookie = NULL;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionRestore
- *
- * what: restore option state from memory copy
- * arg: tOptions*, pOpts, program options descriptor
- *
- * doc: Copy back the option state from saved memory.
- * The allocated memory is left intact, so this routine can be
- * called repeatedly without having to call optionSaveState again.
- * If you are restoring a state that was saved before the first call
- * to optionProcess(3AO), then you may change the contents of the
- * argc/argv parameters to optionProcess.
- *
- * err: If you have not called @code{optionSaveState} before, a diagnostic is
- * printed to @code{stderr} and exit is called.
-=*/
-void
-optionRestore( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- tOptions* p = (tOptions*)pOpts->pSavedState;
-
- if (p == NULL) {
- tCC* pzName = pOpts->pzProgName;
- if (pzName == NULL) {
- pzName = pOpts->pzPROGNAME;
- if (pzName == NULL)
- pzName = zNil;
- }
- fprintf( stderr, zNoState, pzName );
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
- memcpy( pOpts, p, sizeof( *p ));
- memcpy( pOpts->pOptDesc, p+1, p->optCt * sizeof( tOptDesc ));
-}
-
-/* = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = */
-
-/*=export_func optionFree
- *
- * what: free allocated option processing memory
- * arg: tOptions*, pOpts, program options descriptor
- *
- * doc: AutoOpts sometimes allocates memory and puts pointers to it in the
- * option state structures. This routine deallocates all such memory.
- *
- * err: As long as memory has not been corrupted,
- * this routine is always successful.
-=*/
-void
-optionFree( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- if (pOpts->pSavedState != NULL) {
- AGFREE( pOpts->pSavedState );
- pOpts->pSavedState = NULL;
- }
- {
- tOptDesc* p = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- int ct = pOpts->optCt;
- do {
- switch (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(p->fOptState)) {
- case OPARG_TYPE_STRING:
- if ( (p->fOptState & OPTST_STACKED)
- && (p->optCookie != NULL)) {
- AGFREE( p->optCookie );
- p->fOptState &= OPTST_PERSISTENT;
- if ((p->fOptState & OPTST_INITENABLED) == 0)
- p->fOptState |= OPTST_DISABLED;
- }
- break;
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY:
- if (p->optCookie != NULL)
- optionUnloadNested(p->optCookie);
- break;
- }
-
- p->optCookie = NULL;
- } while (p++, --ct > 0);
- }
-}
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/restore.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * save.c $Id: save.c,v 4.6 2005/01/24 20:27:42 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-20 13:49:46 bkorb"
- *
- * This module's routines will take the currently set options and
- * store them into an ".rc" file for re-interpretation the next
- * time the invoking program is run.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-tSCC zWarn[] = "%s WARNING: cannot save options - ";
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static tCC*
-findDirName( tOptions* pOpts, int* p_free );
-
-static tCC*
-findFileName( tOptions* pOpts, int* p_free_name );
-
-static void
-printEntry(
- FILE* fp,
- tOptDesc* p,
- tCC* pzLA );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-static tCC*
-findDirName( tOptions* pOpts, int* p_free )
-{
- tCC* pzDir;
-
- if (pOpts->specOptIdx.save_opts == 0)
- return NULL;
-
- pzDir = pOpts->pOptDesc[ pOpts->specOptIdx.save_opts ].pzLastArg;
- if ((pzDir != NULL) && (*pzDir != NUL))
- return pzDir;
-
- /*
- * This function only works if there is a directory where
- * we can stash the RC (INI) file.
- */
- {
- tCC* const* papz = pOpts->papzHomeList;
- if (papz == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- while (papz[1] != NULL) papz++;
- pzDir = *papz;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF it does not require deciphering an env value, then just copy it
- */
- if (*pzDir != '$')
- return pzDir;
-
- {
- tCC* pzEndDir = strchr( ++pzDir, '/' );
- char* pzFileName;
- char* pzEnv;
-
- if (pzEndDir != NULL) {
- char z[ AO_NAME_SIZE ];
- if ((pzEndDir - pzDir) > AO_NAME_LIMIT )
- return NULL;
- strncpy( z, pzDir, (pzEndDir - pzDir) );
- z[ (pzEndDir - pzDir) ] = NUL;
- pzEnv = getenv( z );
- } else {
-
- /*
- * Make sure we can get the env value (after stripping off
- * any trailing directory or file names)
- */
- pzEnv = getenv( pzDir );
- }
-
- if (pzEnv == NULL) {
- fprintf( stderr, zWarn, pOpts->pzProgName );
- fprintf( stderr, zNotDef, pzDir );
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (pzEndDir == NULL)
- return pzEnv;
-
- {
- size_t sz = strlen( pzEnv ) + strlen( pzEndDir ) + 2;
- pzFileName = (char*)AGALOC( sz, "dir name" );
- }
-
- if (pzFileName == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- *p_free = 1;
- /*
- * Glue together the full name into the allocated memory.
- * FIXME: We lose track of this memory.
- */
- sprintf( pzFileName, "%s/%s", pzEnv, pzEndDir );
- return pzFileName;
- }
-}
-
-
-static tCC*
-findFileName( tOptions* pOpts, int* p_free_name )
-{
- tCC* pzDir;
- struct stat stBuf;
- int free_dir_name = 0;
-
- pzDir = findDirName( pOpts, &free_dir_name );
- if (pzDir == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- /*
- * See if we can find the specified directory. We use a once-only loop
- * structure so we can bail out early.
- */
- if (stat( pzDir, &stBuf ) != 0) do {
-
- /*
- * IF we could not, check to see if we got a full
- * path to a file name that has not been created yet.
- */
- if (errno == ENOENT) {
- char z[MAXPATHLEN];
-
- /*
- * Strip off the last component, stat the remaining string and
- * that string must name a directory
- */
- char* pzDirCh = strrchr( pzDir, '/' );
- if (pzDirCh == NULL) {
- stBuf.st_mode = S_IFREG;
- continue; /* bail out of error condition */
- }
-
- strncpy( z, pzDir, pzDirCh - pzDir );
- z[ pzDirCh - pzDir ] = NUL;
-
- if ( (stat( z, &stBuf ) == 0)
- && S_ISDIR( stBuf.st_mode )) {
-
- /*
- * We found the directory. Restore the file name and
- * mark the full name as a regular file
- */
- stBuf.st_mode = S_IFREG;
- continue; /* bail out of error condition */
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * We got a bogus name.
- */
- fprintf( stderr, zWarn, pOpts->pzProgName );
- fprintf( stderr, zNoStat, errno, strerror( errno ), pzDir );
- if (free_dir_name)
- AGFREE( (void*)pzDir );
- return NULL;
- } while (0);
-
- /*
- * IF what we found was a directory,
- * THEN tack on the config file name
- */
- if (S_ISDIR( stBuf.st_mode )) {
- size_t sz = strlen( pzDir ) + strlen( pOpts->pzRcName ) + 2;
-
- {
- char* pzPath = (char*)AGALOC( sz, "file name" );
-#ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF
- snprintf( pzPath, sz, "%s/%s", pzDir, pOpts->pzRcName );
-#else
- sprintf( pzPath, "%s/%s", pzDir, pOpts->pzRcName );
-#endif
- if (free_dir_name)
- AGFREE( (void*)pzDir );
- pzDir = pzPath;
- free_dir_name = 1;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF we cannot stat the object for any reason other than
- * it does not exist, then we bail out
- */
- if (stat( pzDir, &stBuf ) != 0) {
- if (errno != ENOENT) {
- fprintf( stderr, zWarn, pOpts->pzProgName );
- fprintf( stderr, zNoStat, errno, strerror( errno ),
- pzDir );
- AGFREE( (void*)pzDir );
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /*
- * It does not exist yet, but it will be a regular file
- */
- stBuf.st_mode = S_IFREG;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * Make sure that whatever we ultimately found, that it either is
- * or will soon be a file.
- */
- if (! S_ISREG( stBuf.st_mode )) {
- fprintf( stderr, zWarn, pOpts->pzProgName );
- fprintf( stderr, zNotFile, pzDir );
- if (free_dir_name)
- AGFREE( (void*)pzDir );
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /*
- * Get rid of the old file
- */
- unlink( pzDir );
- *p_free_name = free_dir_name;
- return pzDir;
-}
-
-
-static void
-printEntry(
- FILE* fp,
- tOptDesc* p,
- tCC* pzLA )
-{
- /*
- * There is an argument. Pad the name so values line up
- */
- fprintf( fp, "%-18s",
- (DISABLED_OPT( p )) ? p->pz_DisableName : p->pz_Name );
-
- /*
- * IF the option is numeric only,
- * THEN the char pointer is really the number
- */
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(p->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC)
- fprintf( fp, " %d\n", (t_word)pzLA );
-
- /*
- * OTHERWISE, FOR each line of the value text, ...
- */
- else if (pzLA == NULL)
- fputc( '\n', fp );
-
- else {
- fputc( ' ', fp ); fputc( ' ', fp );
- for (;;) {
- tCC* pzNl = strchr( pzLA, '\n' );
-
- /*
- * IF this is the last line
- * THEN bail and print it
- */
- if (pzNl == NULL)
- break;
-
- /*
- * Print the continuation and the text from the current line
- */
- fwrite( pzLA, pzNl - pzLA, 1, fp );
- pzLA = pzNl+1; /* advance the Last Arg pointer */
- fputs( "\\\n", fp );
- }
-
- /*
- * Terminate the entry
- */
- fputs( pzLA, fp );
- fputc( '\n', fp );
- }
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionSaveFile
- *
- * what: saves the option state to a file
- *
- * arg: tOptions*, pOpts, program options descriptor
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * This routine will save the state of option processing to a file. The name
- * of that file can be specified with the argument to the @code{--save-opts}
- * option, or by appending the @code{rcfile} attribute to the last
- * @code{homerc} attribute. If no @code{rcfile} attribute was specified, it
- * will default to @code{.@i{programname}rc}. If you wish to specify another
- * file, you should invoke the @code{SET_OPT_SAVE_OPTS( @i{filename} )} macro.
- *
- * err:
- *
- * If no @code{homerc} file was specified, this routine will silently return
- * and do nothing. If the output file cannot be created or updated, a message
- * will be printed to @code{stderr} and the routine will return.
-=*/
-void
-optionSaveFile( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- tOptDesc* pOD;
- int ct;
- FILE* fp;
-
- {
- int free_name = 0;
- tCC* pzFName = findFileName( pOpts, &free_name );
- if (pzFName == NULL)
- return;
-
- fp = fopen( pzFName, "w" FOPEN_BINARY_FLAG );
- if (fp == NULL) {
- fprintf( stderr, zWarn, pOpts->pzProgName );
- fprintf( stderr, zNoCreat, errno, strerror( errno ), pzFName );
- if (free_name)
- AGFREE((void*) pzFName );
- return;
- }
-
- if (free_name)
- AGFREE( (void*)pzFName );
- }
-
- {
- const char* pz = pOpts->pzUsageTitle;
- fputs( "# ", fp );
- do { fputc( *pz, fp ); } while (*(pz++) != '\n');
- }
-
- {
- time_t timeVal = time( NULL );
- char* pzTime = ctime( &timeVal );
-
- fprintf( fp, zPresetFile, pzTime );
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCATED_CTIME
- /*
- * The return values for ctime(), localtime(), and gmtime()
- * normally point to static data that is overwritten by each call.
- * The test to detect allocated ctime, so we leak the memory.
- */
- AGFREE( (void*)pzTime );
-#endif
- }
-
- /*
- * FOR each of the defined options, ...
- */
- ct = pOpts->presetOptCt;
- pOD = pOpts->pOptDesc;
- do {
- int arg_state;
- tOptDesc* p;
-
- /*
- * IF the option has not been defined
- * OR it does not take an initialization value
- * OR it is equivalenced to another option
- * THEN continue (ignore it)
- */
- if (UNUSED_OPT( pOD ))
- continue;
-
- if ((pOD->fOptState & (OPTST_NO_INIT|OPTST_DOCUMENT|OPTST_OMITTED))
- != 0)
- continue;
-
- if ( (pOD->optEquivIndex != NO_EQUIVALENT)
- && (pOD->optEquivIndex != pOD->optIndex))
- continue;
-
- /*
- * Set a temporary pointer to the real option description
- * (i.e. account for equivalencing)
- */
- p = ((pOD->fOptState & OPTST_EQUIVALENCE) != 0)
- ? (pOpts->pOptDesc + pOD->optActualIndex) : pOD;
-
- /*
- * IF no arguments are allowed
- * THEN just print the name and continue
- */
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NONE) {
- fprintf( fp, "%s\n",
- (DISABLED_OPT( p )) ? p->pz_DisableName : p->pz_Name );
- continue;
- }
-
- arg_state = OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(p->fOptState);
- switch (arg_state) {
- case 0:
- case OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC:
- printEntry( fp, p, p->pzLastArg );
- break;
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_STRING:
- if (p->fOptState & OPTST_STACKED) {
- tArgList* pAL = (tArgList*)p->optCookie;
- int uct = pAL->useCt;
- tCC** ppz = pAL->apzArgs;
-
- /*
- * Disallow multiple copies of disabled options.
- */
- if (uct > 1)
- p->fOptState &= ~OPTST_DISABLED;
-
- while (uct-- > 0)
- printEntry( fp, p, *(ppz++) );
- } else {
- printEntry( fp, p, p->pzLastArg );
- }
- break;
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION:
- case OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP:
- {
- tCC* val = p->pzLastArg;
- /*
- * This is a magic incantation that will convert the
- * bit flag values back into a string suitable for printing.
- */
- (*(p->pOptProc))( (tOptions*)2UL, p );
- printEntry( fp, p, p->pzLastArg );
- if ((p->pzLastArg != NULL) && (arg_state != OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION))
- /*
- * bit flag and enumeration strings get allocated
- */
- AGFREE( (void*)p->pzLastArg );
- p->pzLastArg = val;
- break;
- }
-
- case OPARG_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
- printEntry( fp, p, (p->pzLastArg != 0) ? "true" : "false" );
- break;
-
- default:
- break; /* cannot handle - skip it */
- }
- } while ( (pOD++), (--ct > 0));
-
- fclose( fp );
-}
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/save.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * sort.c $Id: sort.c,v 4.3 2005/01/23 23:33:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-20 17:18:41 bkorb"
- *
- * This module implements argument sorting.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static tSuccess
-mustHandleArg( tOptions* pOpts, char* pzArg, tOptState* pOS,
- char** ppzOpts, int* pOptsIdx );
-
-static tSuccess
-mayHandleArg( tOptions* pOpts, char* pzArg, tOptState* pOS,
- char** ppzOpts, int* pOptsIdx );
-
-static tSuccess
-checkShortOpts( tOptions* pOpts, char* pzArg, tOptState* pOS,
- char** ppzOpts, int* pOptsIdx );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/*
- * "mustHandleArg" and "mayHandleArg" are really similar. The biggest
- * difference is that "may" will consume the next argument only if it
- * does not start with a hyphen and "must" will consume it, hyphen or not.
- */
-static tSuccess
-mustHandleArg( tOptions* pOpts, char* pzArg, tOptState* pOS,
- char** ppzOpts, int* pOptsIdx )
-{
- /*
- * An option argument is required. Long options can either have
- * a separate command line argument, or an argument attached by
- * the '=' character. Figure out which.
- */
- switch (pOS->optType) {
- case TOPT_SHORT:
- /*
- * See if an arg string follows the flag character. If not,
- * the next arg must be the option argument.
- */
- if (*pzArg != NUL)
- return SUCCESS;
- break;
-
- case TOPT_LONG:
- /*
- * See if an arg string has already been assigned (glued on
- * with an `=' character). If not, the next is the opt arg.
- */
- if (pOS->pzOptArg != NULL)
- return SUCCESS;
- break;
-
- default:
- return FAILURE;
- }
- if (pOpts->curOptIdx >= pOpts->origArgCt)
- return FAILURE;
-
- ppzOpts[ (*pOptsIdx)++ ] = pOpts->origArgVect[ (pOpts->curOptIdx)++ ];
- return SUCCESS;
-}
-
-static tSuccess
-mayHandleArg( tOptions* pOpts, char* pzArg, tOptState* pOS,
- char** ppzOpts, int* pOptsIdx )
-{
- /*
- * An option argument is optional.
- */
- switch (pOS->optType) {
- case TOPT_SHORT:
- /*
- * IF nothing is glued on after the current flag character,
- * THEN see if there is another argument. If so and if it
- * does *NOT* start with a hyphen, then it is the option arg.
- */
- if (*pzArg != NUL)
- return SUCCESS;
- break;
-
- case TOPT_LONG:
- /*
- * Look for an argument if we don't already have one (glued on
- * with a `=' character)
- */
- if (pOS->pzOptArg != NULL)
- return SUCCESS;
- break;
-
- default:
- return FAILURE;
- }
- if (pOpts->curOptIdx >= pOpts->origArgCt)
- return PROBLEM;
-
- pzArg = pOpts->origArgVect[ pOpts->curOptIdx ];
- if (*pzArg != '-')
- ppzOpts[ (*pOptsIdx)++ ] = pOpts->origArgVect[ (pOpts->curOptIdx)++ ];
- return SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/*
- * Process a string of short options glued together. If the last one
- * does or may take an argument, the do the argument processing and leave.
- */
-static tSuccess
-checkShortOpts( tOptions* pOpts, char* pzArg, tOptState* pOS,
- char** ppzOpts, int* pOptsIdx )
-{
- while (*pzArg != NUL) {
- if (FAILED( shortOptionFind( pOpts, *pzArg, pOS )))
- return FAILURE;
-
- /*
- * See if we can have an arg.
- */
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOS->pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NONE) {
- pzArg++;
-
- } else if (pOS->pOD->fOptState & OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL) {
- /*
- * Take an argument if it is not attached and it does not
- * start with a hyphen.
- */
- if (pzArg[1] != NUL)
- return SUCCESS;
-
- pzArg = pOpts->origArgVect[ pOpts->curOptIdx ];
- if (*pzArg != '-')
- ppzOpts[ (*pOptsIdx)++ ] =
- pOpts->origArgVect[ (pOpts->curOptIdx)++ ];
- return SUCCESS;
-
- } else {
- /*
- * IF we need another argument, be sure it is there and
- * take it.
- */
- if (pzArg[1] == NUL) {
- if (pOpts->curOptIdx >= pOpts->origArgCt)
- return FAILURE;
- ppzOpts[ (*pOptsIdx)++ ] =
- pOpts->origArgVect[ (pOpts->curOptIdx)++ ];
- }
- return SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- return SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/*
- * If the program wants sorted options (separated operands and options),
- * then this routine will to the trick.
- */
-LOCAL void
-optionSort( tOptions* pOpts )
-{
- char** ppzOpts;
- char** ppzOpds;
- int optsIdx = 0;
- int opdsIdx = 0;
-
- tOptState os = OPTSTATE_INITIALIZER(DEFINED);
-
- /*
- * Disable for POSIX conformance
- */
- if (getenv( "POSIXLY_CORRECT" ) != NULL) {
- errno = 0;
- return;
- }
-
- errno = ENOENT;
-
- /*
- * If all arguments are named, we can't sort 'em. There are no operands.
- */
- if (NAMED_OPTS(pOpts))
- return;
-
- /*
- * Make sure we can allocate two full-sized arg vectors.
- */
- ppzOpts = malloc( pOpts->origArgCt * sizeof( char* ));
- if (ppzOpts == NULL)
- goto exit_no_mem;
-
- ppzOpds = malloc( pOpts->origArgCt * sizeof( char* ));
- if (ppzOpds == NULL) {
- free( ppzOpts );
- goto exit_no_mem;
- }
-
- pOpts->curOptIdx = 1;
- pOpts->pzCurOpt = NULL;
-
- /*
- * Now, process all the options from our current position onward.
- * (This allows interspersed options and arguments for the few
- * non-standard programs that require it.)
- */
- for (;;) {
- char* pzArg;
- tSuccess res;
-
- /*
- * If we're out of arguments, we're done. Join the option and
- * operand lists into the original argument vector.
- */
- if (pOpts->curOptIdx >= pOpts->origArgCt) {
- errno = 0;
- goto joinLists;
- }
-
- pzArg = pOpts->origArgVect[ pOpts->curOptIdx ];
- if (*pzArg != '-') {
- ppzOpds[ opdsIdx++ ] = pOpts->origArgVect[ (pOpts->curOptIdx)++ ];
- continue;
- }
-
- switch (pzArg[1]) {
- case NUL:
- /*
- * A regular option. Put it on the operand list.
- */
- ppzOpds[ opdsIdx++ ] = pOpts->origArgVect[ (pOpts->curOptIdx)++ ];
- continue;
-
- case '-':
- /*
- * Two consecutive hypens. Put them on the options list and then
- * _always_ force the remainder of the arguments to be operands.
- */
- if (pzArg[2] == NUL) {
- ppzOpts[ optsIdx++ ] =
- pOpts->origArgVect[ (pOpts->curOptIdx)++ ];
- goto restOperands;
- }
- res = longOptionFind( pOpts, pzArg+2, &os );
- break;
-
- default:
- /*
- * If short options are not allowed, then do long
- * option processing. Otherwise the character must be a
- * short (i.e. single character) option.
- */
- if ((pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_SHORTOPT) == 0) {
- res = longOptionFind( pOpts, pzArg+1, &os );
- } else {
- res = shortOptionFind( pOpts, pzArg[1], &os );
- }
- break;
- }
- if (FAILED( res )) {
- errno = EIO;
- goto freeTemps;
- }
-
- /*
- * We've found an option. Add the argument to the option list.
- * Next, we have to see if we need to pull another argument to be
- * used as the option argument.
- */
- ppzOpts[ optsIdx++ ] = pOpts->origArgVect[ (pOpts->curOptIdx)++ ];
-
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(os.pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NONE) {
- /*
- * No option argument. If we have a short option here,
- * then scan for short options until we get to the end
- * of the argument string.
- */
- if ( (os.optType == TOPT_SHORT)
- && FAILED( checkShortOpts( pOpts, pzArg+2, &os,
- ppzOpts, &optsIdx )) ) {
- errno = EIO;
- goto freeTemps;
- }
-
- } else if (os.pOD->fOptState & OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL) {
- switch (mayHandleArg( pOpts, pzArg+2, &os, ppzOpts, &optsIdx )) {
- case FAILURE: errno = EIO; goto freeTemps;
- case PROBLEM: errno = 0; goto joinLists;
- }
-
- } else {
- switch (mustHandleArg( pOpts, pzArg+2, &os, ppzOpts, &optsIdx )) {
- case PROBLEM:
- case FAILURE: errno = EIO; goto freeTemps;
- }
- }
- } /* for (;;) */
-
- restOperands:
- while (pOpts->curOptIdx < pOpts->origArgCt)
- ppzOpds[ opdsIdx++ ] = pOpts->origArgVect[ (pOpts->curOptIdx)++ ];
-
- joinLists:
- if (optsIdx > 0)
- memcpy( pOpts->origArgVect + 1, ppzOpts, optsIdx * sizeof( char* ));
- if (opdsIdx > 0)
- memcpy( pOpts->origArgVect + 1 + optsIdx,
- ppzOpds, opdsIdx * sizeof( char* ));
-
- freeTemps:
- free( ppzOpts );
- free( ppzOpds );
- return;
-
- exit_no_mem:
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return;
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/sort.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * stack.c
- * $Id: stack.c,v 4.1 2005/01/01 00:20:59 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-20 16:33:20 bkorb"
- *
- * This is a special option processing routine that will save the
- * argument to an option in a FIFO queue.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-#include REGEX_HEADER
-
-/*=export_func optionUnstackArg
- * private:
- *
- * what: Remove option args from a stack
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + the descriptor for this arg +
- *
- * doc:
- * Invoked for options that are equivalenced to stacked options.
-=*/
-void
-optionUnstackArg(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptDesc* pOptDesc )
-{
- int res;
-
- tArgList* pAL = (tArgList*)pOptDesc->optCookie;
- /*
- * IF we don't have any stacked options,
- * THEN indicate that we don't have any of these options
- */
- if (pAL == NULL) {
- pOptDesc->fOptState &= OPTST_PERSISTENT;
- if ( (pOptDesc->fOptState & OPTST_INITENABLED) == 0)
- pOptDesc->fOptState |= OPTST_DISABLED;
- return;
- }
-
- {
- regex_t re;
- int i, ct, dIdx;
-
- if (regcomp( &re, pOptDesc->pzLastArg, REG_NOSUB ) != 0)
- return;
-
- /*
- * search the list for the entry(s) to remove. Entries that
- * are removed are *not* copied into the result. The source
- * index is incremented every time. The destination only when
- * we are keeping a define.
- */
- for (i = 0, dIdx = 0, ct = pAL->useCt; --ct >= 0; i++) {
- tCC* pzSrc = pAL->apzArgs[ i ];
- char* pzEq = strchr( pzSrc, '=' );
-
- if (pzEq != NULL)
- *pzEq = NUL;
-
- res = regexec( &re, pzSrc, (size_t)0, NULL, 0 );
- switch (res) {
- case 0:
- /*
- * Remove this entry by reducing the in-use count
- * and *not* putting the string pointer back into
- * the list.
- */
- pAL->useCt--;
- break;
-
- default:
- case REG_NOMATCH:
- if (pzEq != NULL)
- *pzEq = '=';
-
- /*
- * IF we have dropped an entry
- * THEN we have to move the current one.
- */
- if (dIdx != i)
- pAL->apzArgs[ dIdx ] = pzSrc;
- dIdx++;
- }
- }
-
- regfree( &re );
- }
-
- /*
- * IF we have unstacked everything,
- * THEN indicate that we don't have any of these options
- */
- if (pAL->useCt == 0) {
- pOptDesc->fOptState &= OPTST_PERSISTENT;
- if ( (pOptDesc->fOptState & OPTST_INITENABLED) == 0)
- pOptDesc->fOptState |= OPTST_DISABLED;
- free( (void*)pAL );
- pOptDesc->optCookie = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Put an entry into an argument list. The first argument points to
- * a pointer to the argument list structure. It gets passed around
- * as an opaque address.
- */
-LOCAL void
-addArgListEntry( void** ppAL, void* entry )
-{
- tArgList* pAL = *(void**)ppAL;
-
- /*
- * IF we have never allocated one of these,
- * THEN allocate one now
- */
- if (pAL == NULL) {
- pAL = (tArgList*)AGALOC( sizeof( *pAL ), "new option arg stack" );
- if (pAL == NULL)
- return;
- pAL->useCt = 0;
- pAL->allocCt = MIN_ARG_ALLOC_CT;
- *ppAL = (void*)pAL;
- }
-
- /*
- * ELSE if we are out of room
- * THEN make it bigger
- */
- else if (pAL->useCt >= pAL->allocCt) {
- size_t sz = sizeof( *pAL );
- pAL->allocCt += INCR_ARG_ALLOC_CT;
-
- /*
- * The base structure contains space for MIN_ARG_ALLOC_CT
- * pointers. We subtract it off to find our augment size.
- */
- sz += sizeof(char*) * (pAL->allocCt - MIN_ARG_ALLOC_CT);
- pAL = (tArgList*)AGREALOC( (void*)pAL, sz, "expanded opt arg stack" );
- if (pAL == NULL)
- return;
- *ppAL = (void*)pAL;
- }
-
- /*
- * Insert the new argument into the list
- */
- pAL->apzArgs[ (pAL->useCt)++ ] = entry;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func optionStackArg
- * private:
- *
- * what: put option args on a stack
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + the descriptor for this arg +
- *
- * doc:
- * Keep an entry-ordered list of option arguments.
-=*/
-void
-optionStackArg(
- tOptions* pOpts,
- tOptDesc* pOD )
-{
- if (pOD->pzLastArg == NULL)
- return;
-
- addArgListEntry( &(pOD->optCookie), (void*)pOD->pzLastArg );
-}
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/stack.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * $Id: streqvcmp.c,v 4.3 2005/01/09 03:20:27 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-04-10 14:05:53 bkorb"
- *
- * String Equivalence Comparison
- *
- * These routines allow any character to be mapped to any other
- * character before comparison. In processing long option names,
- * the characters "-", "_" and "^" all need to be equivalent
- * (because they are treated so by different development environments).
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/*
- * This array is designed for mapping upper and lower case letter
- * together for a case independent comparison. The mappings are
- * based upon ascii character sequences.
- */
-static unsigned char charmap[] = {
- 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, '\a',
- '\b', '\t', '\n', '\v', '\f', '\r', 0x0E, 0x0F,
- 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
- 0x18, 0x19, 0x1A, 0x1B, 0x1C, 0x1D, 0x1E, 0x1F,
-
- ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'',
- '(', ')', '*', '+', ',', '-', '.', '/',
- '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
- '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=', '>', '?',
-
- '@', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g',
- 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'o',
- 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w',
- 'x', 'y', 'z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
- '`', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g',
- 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'o',
- 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w',
- 'x', 'y', 'z', '{', '|', '}', '~', 0x7f,
-
- 0x80, 0x81, 0x82, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87,
- 0x88, 0x89, 0x8A, 0x8B, 0x8C, 0x8D, 0x8E, 0x8F,
- 0x90, 0x91, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96, 0x97,
- 0x98, 0x99, 0x9A, 0x9B, 0x9C, 0x9D, 0x9E, 0x9F,
- 0xA0, 0xA1, 0xA2, 0xA3, 0xA4, 0xA5, 0xA6, 0xA7,
- 0xA8, 0xA9, 0xAA, 0xAB, 0xAC, 0xAD, 0xAE, 0xAF,
- 0xB0, 0xB1, 0xB2, 0xB3, 0xB4, 0xB5, 0xB6, 0xB7,
- 0xB8, 0xB9, 0xBA, 0xBB, 0xBC, 0xBD, 0xBE, 0xBF,
-
- 0xC0, 0xC1, 0xC2, 0xC3, 0xC4, 0xC5, 0xC6, 0xC7,
- 0xC8, 0xC9, 0xCA, 0xCB, 0xCC, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xCF,
- 0xD0, 0xD1, 0xD2, 0xD3, 0xD4, 0xD5, 0xD6, 0xD7,
- 0xD8, 0xD9, 0xDA, 0xDB, 0xDC, 0xDD, 0xDE, 0xDF,
- 0xE0, 0xE1, 0xE2, 0xE3, 0xE4, 0xE5, 0xE6, 0xE7,
- 0xE8, 0xE9, 0xEA, 0xEB, 0xEC, 0xED, 0xEE, 0xEF,
- 0xF0, 0xF1, 0xF2, 0xF3, 0xF4, 0xF5, 0xF6, 0xF7,
- 0xF8, 0xF9, 0xFA, 0xFB, 0xFC, 0xFD, 0xFE, 0xFF,
-};
-
-
-/*=export_func strneqvcmp
- *
- * what: compare two strings with an equivalence mapping
- *
- * arg: + tCC* + str1 + first string +
- * arg: + tCC* + str2 + second string +
- * arg: + int + ct + compare length +
- *
- * ret_type: int
- * ret_desc: the difference between two differing characters
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * Using a character mapping, two strings are compared for "equivalence".
- * Each input character is mapped to a comparison character and the
- * mapped-to characters are compared for the two NUL terminated input strings.
- * The comparison is limited to @code{ct} bytes.
- * This function name is mapped to option_strneqvcmp so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- *
- * err: none checked. Caller responsible for seg faults.
-=*/
-int
-strneqvcmp( tCC* s1, tCC* s2, int ct )
-{
- for (; ct > 0; --ct) {
- unsigned char u1 = (unsigned char) *s1++;
- unsigned char u2 = (unsigned char) *s2++;
- int dif = charmap[ u1 ] - charmap[ u2 ];
-
- if (dif != 0)
- return dif;
-
- if (u1 == NUL)
- return 0;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func streqvcmp
- *
- * what: compare two strings with an equivalence mapping
- *
- * arg: + const char* + str1 + first string +
- * arg: + const char* + str2 + second string +
- *
- * ret_type: int
- * ret_desc: the difference between two differing characters
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * Using a character mapping, two strings are compared for "equivalence".
- * Each input character is mapped to a comparison character and the
- * mapped-to characters are compared for the two NUL terminated input strings.
- * This function name is mapped to option_streqvcmp so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- *
- * err: none checked. Caller responsible for seg faults.
-=*/
-int
-streqvcmp( tCC* s1, tCC* s2 )
-{
- for (;;) {
- unsigned char u1 = (unsigned char) *s1++;
- unsigned char u2 = (unsigned char) *s2++;
- int dif = charmap[ u1 ] - charmap[ u2 ];
-
- if (dif != 0)
- return dif;
-
- if (u1 == NUL)
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func streqvmap
- *
- * what: Set the character mappings for the streqv functions
- *
- * arg: + char + From + Input character +
- * arg: + char + To + Mapped-to character +
- * arg: + int + ct + compare length +
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * Set the character mapping. If the count (@code{ct}) is set to zero, then
- * the map is cleared by setting all entries in the map to their index
- * value. Otherwise, the "@code{From}" character is mapped to the "@code{To}"
- * character. If @code{ct} is greater than 1, then @code{From} and @code{To}
- * are incremented and the process repeated until @code{ct} entries have been
- * set. For example,
- * @example
- * streqvmap( 'a', 'A', 26 );
- * @end example
- * @noindent
- * will alter the mapping so that all English lower case letters
- * will map to upper case.
- *
- * This function name is mapped to option_streqvmap so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- *
- * err: none.
-=*/
-void
-streqvmap( char From, char To, int ct )
-{
- if (ct == 0) {
- ct = sizeof( charmap ) - 1;
- do {
- charmap[ ct ] = ct;
- } while (--ct >= 0);
- }
-
- else {
- int chTo = (int)To & 0xFF;
- int chFrom = (int)From & 0xFF;
-
- do {
- charmap[ chFrom ] = (unsigned)chTo;
- chFrom++;
- chTo++;
- if ((chFrom >= sizeof( charmap )) || (chTo >= sizeof( charmap )))
- break;
- } while (--ct > 0);
- }
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func strequate
- *
- * what: map a list of characters to the same value
- *
- * arg: + const char* + ch_list + characters to equivalence +
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * Each character in the input string get mapped to the first character
- * in the string.
- * This function name is mapped to option_strequate so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- *
- * err: none.
-=*/
-void
-strequate( const char* s )
-{
- if ((s != NULL) && (*s != NUL)) {
- unsigned char equiv = (unsigned)*s;
- while (*s != NUL)
- charmap[ (unsigned)*(s++) ] = equiv;
- }
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func strtransform
- *
- * what: convert a string into its mapped-to value
- *
- * arg: + char* + dest + output string +
- * arg: + const char* + src + input string +
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * Each character in the input string is mapped and the mapped-to
- * character is put into the output.
- * This function name is mapped to option_strtransform so as to not conflict
- * with the POSIX name space.
- *
- * err: none.
-=*/
-void
-strtransform( d, s )
- char* d;
- const char* s;
-{
- do {
- *(d++) = (char)charmap[ (unsigned)*s ];
- } while (*(s++) != NUL);
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/streqvcmp.c */
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * $Id:$
- *
- * Time-stamp: "2005-09-10 11:04:23 bkorb"
- */
-
-#define FILE_WRITABLE(_prt,_flg) \
- ((_prt & PROT_WRITE) && (_flg & (MAP_SHARED|MAP_PRIVATE) == MAP_SHARED))
-
-/*=export_func text_mmap
- * private:
- *
- * what: map a text file with terminating NUL
- *
- * arg: const char*, pzFile, name of the file to map
- * arg: int, prot, mmap protections (see mmap(2))
- * arg: int, flags, mmap flags (see mmap(2))
- * arg: tmap_info_t*, mapinfo, returned info about the mapping
- *
- * ret-type: void*
- * ret-desc: The mmaped data address
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * This routine will mmap a file into memory ensuring that there is at least
- * one @file{NUL} character following the file data. It will return the
- * address where the file contents have been mapped into memory. If there is a
- * problem, then it will return @code{MAP_FAILED} and set @file{errno}
- * appropriately.
- *
- * The named file does not exist, @code{stat(2)} will set @file{errno} as it
- * will. If the file is not a regular file, @file{errno} will be
- * @code{EINVAL}. At that point, @code{open(2)} is attempted with the access
- * bits set appropriately for the requested @code{mmap(2)} protections and flag
- * bits. On failure, @file{errno} will be set according to the documentation
- * for @code{open(2)}. If @code{mmap(2)} fails, @file{errno} will be set as
- * that routine sets it. If @code{text_mmap} works to this point, a valid
- * address will be returned, but there may still be ``issues''.
- *
- * If the file size is not an even multiple of the system page size, then
- * @code{text_map} will return at this point and @file{errno} will be zero.
- * Otherwise, an anonymous map is attempted. If not available, then an attempt
- * is made to @code{mmap(2)} @file{/dev/zero}. If any of these fail, the
- * address of the file's data is returned, bug @code{no} @file{NUL} characters
- * are mapped after the end of the data.
- *
- * see: mmap(2), open(2), stat(2)
- *
- * err: Any error code issued by mmap(2), open(2), stat(2) is possible.
- * Additionally, if the specified file is not a regular file, then
- * errno will be set to @code{EINVAL}.
- *
- * example:
- * #include <mylib.h>
- * tmap_info_t mi;
- * int no_nul;
- * void* data = text_mmap( "file", PROT_WRITE, MAP_PRIVATE, &mi );
- * if (data == MAP_FAILED) return;
- * no_nul = (mi.txt_size == mi.txt_full_size);
- * << use the data >>
- * text_munmap( &mi );
-=*/
-void*
-text_mmap( const char* pzFile, int prot, int flags, tmap_info_t* pMI )
-{
- memset( pMI, 0, sizeof(*pMI) );
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- pMI->txt_zero_fd = -1;
-#endif
- pMI->txt_fd = -1;
-
- /*
- * Make sure we can stat the regular file. Save the file size.
- */
- {
- struct stat sb;
- if (stat( pzFile, &sb ) != 0) {
- pMI->txt_errno = errno;
- return MAP_FAILED;
- }
-
- if (! S_ISREG( sb.st_mode )) {
- pMI->txt_errno = errno = EINVAL;
- return MAP_FAILED;
- }
-
- pMI->txt_size = sb.st_size;
- }
-
- /*
- * Map mmap flags and protections into open flags and do the open.
- */
- {
- int o_flag;
- /*
- * See if we will be updating the file. If we can alter the memory
- * and if we share the data and we are *not* copy-on-writing the data,
- * then our updates will show in the file, so we must open with
- * write access.
- */
- if (FILE_WRITABLE(prot,flags))
- o_flag = O_RDWR;
- else
- o_flag = O_RDONLY;
-
- /*
- * If you're not sharing the file and you are writing to it,
- * then don't let anyone else have access to the file.
- */
- if (((flags & MAP_SHARED) == 0) && (prot & PROT_WRITE))
- o_flag |= O_EXCL;
-
- pMI->txt_fd = open( pzFile, o_flag );
- }
-
- if (pMI->txt_fd < 0) {
- pMI->txt_errno = errno;
- return MAP_FAILED;
- }
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP /* * * * * WITH MMAP * * * * * */
- /*
- * do the mmap. If we fail, then preserve errno, close the file and
- * return the failure.
- */
- pMI->txt_data = mmap( NULL, pMI->txt_size, prot, flags, pMI->txt_fd, 0 );
- if (pMI->txt_data == MAP_FAILED) {
- pMI->txt_errno = errno;
- goto fail_return;
- }
-
- /*
- * Most likely, everything will turn out fine now. The only difficult
- * part at this point is coping with files with sizes that are a multiple
- * of the page size. Handling that is what this whole thing is about.
- */
- pMI->txt_zero_fd = -1;
- pMI->txt_errno = 0;
-
- {
- void* pNuls;
-#ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE
- size_t pgsz = sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE);
-#else
- size_t pgsz = getpagesize();
-#endif
- /*
- * Compute the pagesize rounded mapped memory size.
- * IF this is not the same as the file size, then there are NUL's
- * at the end of the file mapping and all is okay.
- */
- pMI->txt_full_size = (pMI->txt_size + (pgsz - 1)) & ~(pgsz - 1);
- if (pMI->txt_size != pMI->txt_full_size)
- return pMI->txt_data;
-
- /*
- * Still here? We have to append a page of NUL's
- */
- pMI->txt_full_size += pgsz;
-#if defined(MAP_ANONYMOUS)
- pNuls = mmap(
- (void*)(((char*)pMI->txt_data) + pMI->txt_size),
- pgsz,
- PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
- MAP_ANONYMOUS|MAP_FIXED|MAP_SHARED, 0, 0 );
-
- if (pNuls == MAP_FAILED) {
- pMI->txt_errno = errno;
- pMI->txt_full_size = pMI->txt_size;
- }
-#elif defined(HAVE_DEV_ZERO)
- pMI->txt_zero_fd = open( "/dev/zero", O_RDONLY );
-
- if (pMI->txt_zero_fd < 0) {
- pMI->txt_errno = errno;
- pMI->txt_full_size = pMI->txt_size;
-
- } else {
- pNuls = mmap(
- (void*)(((char*)pMI->txt_data) + pMI->txt_size), pgsz,
- PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_FIXED, pMI->txt_zero_fd, 0 );
-
- if (pNuls == MAP_FAILED) {
- pMI->txt_errno = errno;
- pMI->txt_full_size = pMI->txt_size;
- close( pMI->txt_zero_fd );
- pMI->txt_zero_fd = -1;
- }
- }
-#else
- /* Forget mmap */
-#endif
- }
-
- if (pMI->txt_size != pMI->txt_full_size)
- return pMI->txt_data;
-
- {
- void* p = AGALOC( pMI->txt_size+1, "file text" );
- if (pMI->txt_data == NULL) {
- pMI->txt_errno = ENOMEM;
- goto fail_return;
- }
- memcpy( p, pMI->txt_data, pMI->txt_size );
- ((char*)p)[pMI->txt_size] = NUL;
- munmap(pMI->txt_data, pMI->txt_size );
- pMI->txt_data = p;
- }
- pMI->txt_alloc = 1;
- return pMI->txt_data;
-
-#else /* * * * * * no HAVE_MMAP * * * * * */
-
- pMI->txt_data = AGALOC( pMI->txt_size+1, "file text" );
- if (pMI->txt_data == NULL) {
- pMI->txt_errno = ENOMEM;
- goto fail_return;
- }
-
- {
- size_t sz = pMI->txt_size;
- char* pz = pMI->txt_data;
-
- while (sz > 0) {
- ssize_t rdct = read( pMI->txt_fd, pz, sz );
- if (rdct <= 0) {
- pMI->txt_errno = errno;
- fprintf( stderr, zFSErrReadFile,
- errno, strerror( errno ), pzFile );
- free( pMI->txt_data );
- goto fail_return;
- }
-
- pz += rdct;
- sz -= rdct;
- }
-
- *pz = NUL;
- }
-
- /*
- * We never need a dummy page mapped in
- */
- pMI->txt_zero_fd = -1;
- pMI->txt_errno = 0;
-
- return pMI->txt_data;
-
-#endif /* * * * * * no HAVE_MMAP * * * * * */
-
- fail_return:
- if (pMI->txt_fd >= 0) {
- close( pMI->txt_fd );
- pMI->txt_fd = -1;
- }
- errno = pMI->txt_errno;
- pMI->txt_data = MAP_FAILED;
- return pMI->txt_data;
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func text_munmap
- * private:
- *
- * what: unmap the data mapped in by text_mmap
- *
- * arg: tmap_info_t*, mapinfo, info about the mapping
- *
- * ret-type: int
- * ret-desc: -1 or 0. @file{errno} will have the error code.
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * This routine will unmap the data mapped in with @code{text_mmap} and close
- * the associated file descriptors opened by that function.
- *
- * see: munmap(2), close(2)
- *
- * err: Any error code issued by munmap(2) or close(2) is possible.
-=*/
-int
-text_munmap( tmap_info_t* pMI )
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- int res = 0;
- if (pMI->txt_alloc) {
- /*
- * IF the user has write permission and the text is not mapped private,
- * then write back any changes. Hopefully, nobody else has modified
- * the file in the mean time.
- */
- if ( ((pMI->txt_prot & PROT_WRITE) != 0)
- && ((pMI->txt_flags & MAP_PRIVATE) == 0)) {
-
- if (lseek( pMI->txt_fd, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
- goto error_return;
-
- res = (write( pMI->txt_fd, pMI->txt_data, pMI->txt_size ) < 0)
- ? errno : 0;
- }
-
- AGFREE( pMI->txt_data );
- errno = res;
- } else {
- res = munmap( pMI->txt_data, pMI->txt_full_size );
- }
- if (res != 0)
- goto error_return;
-
- res = close( pMI->txt_fd );
- if (res != 0)
- goto error_return;
-
- pMI->txt_fd = -1;
- errno = 0;
- if (pMI->txt_zero_fd != -1) {
- res = close( pMI->txt_zero_fd );
- pMI->txt_zero_fd = -1;
- }
-
- error_return:
- pMI->txt_errno = errno;
- return res;
-#else /* HAVE_MMAP */
-
- errno = 0;
- /*
- * IF the memory is writable *AND* it is not private (copy-on-write)
- * *AND* the memory is "sharable" (seen by other processes)
- * THEN rewrite the data.
- */
- if ( FILE_WRITABLE(pMI->txt_prot, pMI->txt_flags)
- && (lseek( pMI->txt_fd, 0, SEEK_SET ) >= 0) ) {
- write( pMI->txt_fd, pMI->txt_data, pMI->txt_size );
- }
-
- close( pMI->txt_fd );
- pMI->txt_fd = -1;
- pMI->txt_errno = errno;
- free( pMI->txt_data );
-
- return pMI->txt_errno;
-#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/text_mmap.c */
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * This file defines the string_tokenize interface
- * Time-stamp: "2005-04-25 18:47:21 bkorb"
- *
- * string_tokenize copyright 2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * string_tokenize is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * string_tokenize is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Lesser General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with string_tokenize; if not, write to:
- * The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#define cc_t const unsigned char
-#define ch_t unsigned char
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static void
-copy_cooked( ch_t** ppDest, cc_t** ppSrc );
-
-static void
-copy_raw( ch_t** ppDest, cc_t** ppSrc );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-static void
-copy_cooked( ch_t** ppDest, cc_t** ppSrc )
-{
- ch_t* pDest = (ch_t*)*ppDest;
- const ch_t* pSrc = (const ch_t*)(*ppSrc + 1);
-
- for (;;) {
- ch_t ch = *(pSrc++);
- switch (ch) {
- case NUL: *ppSrc = NULL; return;
- case '"': goto done;
- case '\\':
- pSrc += ao_string_cook_escape_char( (char*)pSrc, (char*)&ch, 0x7F );
- if (ch == 0x7F)
- break;
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
-
- default:
- *(pDest++) = ch;
- }
- }
-
- done:
- *ppDest = (ch_t*)pDest; /* next spot for storing character */
- *ppSrc = (ch_t*)pSrc; /* char following closing quote */
-}
-
-
-static void
-copy_raw( ch_t** ppDest, cc_t** ppSrc )
-{
- ch_t* pDest = *ppDest;
- cc_t* pSrc = *ppSrc + 1;
-
- for (;;) {
- ch_t ch = *(pSrc++);
- switch (ch) {
- case NUL: *ppSrc = NULL; return;
- case '\'': goto done;
- case '\\':
- /*
- * *Four* escapes are handled: newline removal, escape char
- * quoting and apostrophe quoting
- */
- switch (*pSrc) {
- case NUL: *ppSrc = NULL; return;
- case '\r':
- if (*(++pSrc) == '\n')
- ++pSrc;
- continue;
-
- case '\n':
- ++pSrc;
- continue;
-
- case '\'':
- ch = '\'';
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
-
- case '\\':
- ++pSrc;
- break;
- }
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
-
- default:
- *(pDest++) = ch;
- }
- }
-
- done:
- *ppDest = pDest; /* next spot for storing character */
- *ppSrc = pSrc; /* char following closing quote */
-}
-
-
-/*=export_func ao_string_tokenize
- *
- * what: tokenize an input string
- *
- * arg: + const char* + string + string to be tokenized +
- *
- * ret_type: token_list_t*
- * ret_desc: pointer to a structure that lists each token
- *
- * doc:
- *
- * This function will convert one input string into a list of strings.
- * The list of strings is derived by separating the input based on
- * white space separation. However, if the input contains either single
- * or double quote characters, then the text after that character up to
- * a matching quote will become the string in the list.
- *
- * The returned pointer should be deallocated with @code{free(3C)} when
- * are done using the data. The data are placed in a single block of
- * allocated memory. Do not deallocate individual token/strings.
- *
- * The structure pointed to will contain at least these two fields:
- * @table @samp
- * @item tkn_ct
- * The number of tokens found in the input string.
- * @item tok_list
- * An array of @code{tkn_ct + 1} pointers to substring tokens, with
- * the last pointer set to NULL.
- * @end table
- *
- * There are two types of quoted strings: single quoted (@code{'}) and
- * double quoted (@code{"}). Singly quoted strings are fairly raw in that
- * escape characters (@code{\\}) are simply another character, except when
- * preceding the following characters:
- * @example
- * @code{\\} double backslashes reduce to one
- * @code{'} incorporates the single quote into the string
- * @code{\n} suppresses both the backslash and newline character
- * @end example
- *
- * Double quote strings are formed according to the rules of string
- * constants in ANSI-C programs.
- *
- * example:
- * @example
- * #include <stdlib.h>
- * int ix;
- * token_list_t* ptl = ao_string_tokenize( some_string )
- * for (ix = 0; ix < ptl->tkn_ct; ix++)
- * do_something_with_tkn( ptl->tkn_list[ix] );
- * free( ptl );
- * @end example
- * Note that everything is freed with the one call to @code{free(3C)}.
- *
- * err:
- * NULL is returned and @code{errno} will be set to indicate the problem:
- * @itemize @bullet
- * @item
- * @code{EINVAL} - There was an unterminated quoted string.
- * @item
- * @code{ENOENT} - The input string was empty.
- * @item
- * @code{ENOMEM} - There is not enough memory.
- * @end itemize
-=*/
-token_list_t*
-ao_string_tokenize( const char* str )
-{
- int max_token_ct = 1; /* allow for trailing NUL on string */
- token_list_t* res;
-
- if (str == NULL) goto bogus_str;
-
- /*
- * Trim leading white space. Use "ENOENT" and a NULL return to indicate
- * an empty string was passed.
- */
- while (isspace( *str )) str++;
- if (*str == NUL) {
- bogus_str:
- errno = ENOENT;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /*
- * Take an approximate count of tokens. If no quoted strings are used,
- * it will be accurate. If quoted strings are used, it will be a little
- * high and we'll squander the space for a few extra pointers.
- */
- {
- cc_t* pz = (cc_t*)str;
-
- do {
- max_token_ct++;
- while (! isspace( *++pz ))
- if (*pz == NUL) goto found_nul;
- while (isspace( *pz )) pz++;
- } while (*pz != NUL);
-
- found_nul:
- ;
- }
-
- res = malloc( sizeof(*res) + strlen(str) + (max_token_ct * sizeof(ch_t*)) );
- if (res == NULL) {
- errno = ENOMEM;
- return res;
- }
-
- /*
- * Now copy each token into the output buffer.
- */
- {
- ch_t* pzDest = (ch_t*)(res->tkn_list + (max_token_ct + 1));
- res->tkn_ct = 0;
-
- do {
- res->tkn_list[ res->tkn_ct++ ] = pzDest;
- for (;;) {
- char ch = *str;
- if (isspace( ch )) {
- found_white_space:
- while (isspace( *++str )) ;
- break;
- }
-
- switch (ch) {
- case '"':
- copy_cooked( &pzDest, (cc_t**)&str );
- if (str == NULL) {
- free(res);
- errno = EINVAL;
- return NULL;
- }
- if (isspace( *str ))
- goto found_white_space;
- break;
-
- case '\'':
- copy_raw( &pzDest, (cc_t**)&str );
- if (str == NULL) {
- free(res);
- errno = EINVAL;
- return NULL;
- }
- if (isspace( *str ))
- goto found_white_space;
- break;
-
- case NUL:
- goto copy_done;
-
- default:
- str++;
- *(pzDest++) = ch;
- }
- } copy_done:;
-
- /*
- * NUL terminate the last token and see if we have any more tokens.
- */
- *(pzDest++) = NUL;
- } while (*str != NUL);
-
- res->tkn_list[ res->tkn_ct ] = NULL;
- }
-
- return res;
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-int
-main( int argc, char** argv )
-{
- if (argc == 1) {
- printf("USAGE: %s arg [ ... ]\n", *argv);
- return 1;
- }
- while (--argc > 0) {
- char* arg = *(++argv);
- token_list_t* p = ao_string_tokenize( arg );
- if (p == NULL) {
- printf( "Parsing string ``%s'' failed:\n\terrno %d (%s)\n",
- arg, errno, strerror( errno ));
- } else {
- int ix = 0;
- printf( "Parsed string ``%s''\ninto %d tokens:\n", arg, p->tkn_ct );
- do {
- printf( " %3d: ``%s''\n", ix+1, p->tkn_list[ix] );
- } while (++ix < p->tkn_ct);
- free(p);
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/tokenize.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/*
- * usage.c $Id: usage.c,v 4.4 2005/01/23 23:33:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-20 13:47:52 bkorb"
- *
- * This module implements the default usage procedure for
- * Automated Options. It may be overridden, of course.
- */
-
-/*
- * Automated Options copyright 1992-2005 Bruce Korb
- *
- * Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-#define OPTPROC_L_N_S (OPTPROC_LONGOPT | OPTPROC_SHORTOPT)
-
-#ifndef tSC
-# define tSC static char
-#endif
-
-static arg_types_t argTypes;
-
-FILE* option_usage_fp = NULL;
-static char zOptFmtLine[ 16 ];
-static ag_bool displayEnum;
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static void
-printProgramDetails( tOptions* pOptions );
-
-static void
-printExtendedUsage(
- tOptions* pOptions,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- arg_types_t* pAT );
-
-static void
-printBareUsage(
- tOptions* pOptions,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- arg_types_t* pAT );
-
-static void
-setStdOptFmts( tOptions* pOpts, tCC** ppT );
-
-static void
-setGnuOptFmts( tOptions* pOpts, tCC** ppT );
-
-static void
-printInitList(
- tCC** papz,
- ag_bool* pInitIntro,
- tCC* pzRc,
- tCC* pzPN );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/*=export_func optionUsage
- * private:
- *
- * what: Print usage text
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + int + exitCode + exit code for calling exit(3) +
- *
- * doc:
- * This routine will print usage in both GNU-standard and AutoOpts-expanded
- * formats. The descriptor specifies the default, but AUTOOPTS_USAGE will
- * over-ride this, providing the value of it is set to either "gnu" or
- * "autoopts". This routine will @strong{not} return.
-=*/
-void
-optionUsage(
- tOptions* pOptions,
- int exitCode )
-{
- tCC* pOptTitle;
-
- displayEnum = AG_FALSE;
-
- /*
- * Paged usage will preset option_usage_fp to an output file.
- * If it hasn't already been set, then set it to standard output
- * on successful exit (help was requested), otherwise error out.
- */
- if (option_usage_fp == NULL)
- option_usage_fp = (exitCode != EXIT_SUCCESS) ? stderr : stdout;
-
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, pOptions->pzUsageTitle, pOptions->pzProgName );
-
- do {
- char* pz = getenv( "AUTOOPTS_USAGE" );
- if (pz == NULL) break;
- if (streqvcmp( pz, "gnu" ) == 0) {
- pOptions->fOptSet |= OPTPROC_GNUUSAGE;
- break;
- }
- if (streqvcmp( pz, "autoopts" ) == 0) {
- pOptions->fOptSet &= ~OPTPROC_GNUUSAGE;
- break;
- }
- } while (0);
-
- /*
- * Determine which header and which option formatting strings to use
- */
- if ((pOptions->fOptSet & OPTPROC_GNUUSAGE) != 0) {
- setGnuOptFmts( pOptions, &pOptTitle );
- fputc( '\n', option_usage_fp );
- }
- else {
- setStdOptFmts( pOptions, &pOptTitle );
-
- /*
- * When we exit with EXIT_SUCCESS and the first option is a doc option,
- * we do *NOT* want to emit the column headers. Otherwise, we do.
- */
- if ( (exitCode != EXIT_SUCCESS)
- || ((pOptions->pOptDesc->fOptState & OPTST_DOCUMENT) == 0) )
-
- fputs( pOptTitle, option_usage_fp );
- }
-
- {
- int ct = pOptions->optCt;
- int optNo = 0;
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOptions->pOptDesc;
- int docCt = 0;
-
- do {
- if ((pOD->fOptState & OPTST_OMITTED) != 0)
- continue;
-
- if ((pOD->fOptState & OPTST_DOCUMENT) != 0) {
- if (exitCode == EXIT_SUCCESS) {
- fprintf(option_usage_fp, argTypes.pzBrk, pOD->pzText,
- pOptTitle);
- docCt++;
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF this is the first auto-opt maintained option
- * *AND* we are doing a full help
- * *AND* there are documentation options
- * *AND* the last one was not a doc option,
- * THEN document that the remaining options are not user opts
- */
- if ( (pOptions->presetOptCt == optNo)
- && (exitCode == EXIT_SUCCESS)
- && (docCt > 0)
- && ((pOD[-1].fOptState & OPTST_DOCUMENT) == 0) )
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, argTypes.pzBrk, zAuto, pOptTitle );
-
- printBareUsage( pOptions, pOD, &argTypes );
-
- /*
- * IF we were invoked because of the --help option,
- * THEN print all the extra info
- */
- if (exitCode == EXIT_SUCCESS)
- printExtendedUsage( pOptions, pOD, &argTypes );
-
- } while (pOD++, optNo++, (--ct > 0));
- }
-
- fputc( '\n', option_usage_fp );
-
- /*
- * Describe the mechanics of denoting the options
- */
- switch (pOptions->fOptSet & OPTPROC_L_N_S) {
- case OPTPROC_L_N_S: fputs( zFlagOkay, option_usage_fp ); break;
- case OPTPROC_SHORTOPT: break;
- case OPTPROC_LONGOPT: fputs( zNoFlags, option_usage_fp ); break;
- case 0: fputs( zOptsOnly, option_usage_fp ); break;
- }
-
- if ((pOptions->fOptSet & OPTPROC_NUM_OPT) != 0) {
- fputs( zNumberOpt, option_usage_fp );
- }
-
- if ((pOptions->fOptSet & OPTPROC_REORDER) != 0) {
- fputs( zReorder, option_usage_fp );
- }
-
- if (pOptions->pzExplain != NULL)
- fputs( pOptions->pzExplain, option_usage_fp );
-
- /*
- * IF the user is asking for help (thus exiting with SUCCESS),
- * THEN see what additional information we can provide.
- */
- if (exitCode == EXIT_SUCCESS)
- printProgramDetails( pOptions );
-
- if (pOptions->pzBugAddr != NULL)
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zPlsSendBugs, pOptions->pzBugAddr );
- fflush( option_usage_fp );
-
- exit( exitCode );
-}
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * PROGRAM DETAILS
- */
-static void
-printProgramDetails( tOptions* pOptions )
-{
- ag_bool initIntro = AG_TRUE;
-
- /*
- * Display all the places we look for config files
- */
- printInitList( pOptions->papzHomeList, &initIntro,
- pOptions->pzRcName, pOptions->pzProgPath );
-
- /*
- * Let the user know about environment variable settings
- */
- if ((pOptions->fOptSet & OPTPROC_ENVIRON) != 0) {
- if (initIntro)
- fputs( zPresetIntro, option_usage_fp );
-
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zExamineFmt, pOptions->pzPROGNAME );
- }
-
- /*
- * IF we found an enumeration,
- * THEN hunt for it again. Call the handler proc with a NULL
- * option struct pointer. That tells it to display the keywords.
- */
- if (displayEnum) {
- int ct = pOptions->optCt;
- int optNo = 0;
- tOptDesc* pOD = pOptions->pOptDesc;
-
- fputc( '\n', option_usage_fp );
- fflush( option_usage_fp );
- do {
- switch (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState)) {
- case OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION:
- case OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP:
- (*(pOD->pOptProc))( NULL, pOD );
- }
- } while (pOD++, optNo++, (--ct > 0));
- }
-
- /*
- * If there is a detail string, now is the time for that.
- */
- if (pOptions->pzDetail != NULL)
- fputs( pOptions->pzDetail, option_usage_fp );
-}
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * PER OPTION TYPE USAGE INFORMATION
- */
-static void
-printExtendedUsage(
- tOptions* pOptions,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- arg_types_t* pAT )
-{
- /*
- * IF there are option conflicts or dependencies,
- * THEN print them here.
- */
- if ( (pOD->pOptMust != NULL)
- || (pOD->pOptCant != NULL) ) {
-
- fputs( zTabHyp, option_usage_fp );
-
- /*
- * DEPENDENCIES:
- */
- if (pOD->pOptMust != NULL) {
- const int* pOptNo = pOD->pOptMust;
-
- fputs( zReqThese, option_usage_fp );
- for (;;) {
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zTabout, pOptions->pOptDesc[
- *pOptNo ].pz_Name );
- if (*++pOptNo == NO_EQUIVALENT)
- break;
- }
-
- if (pOD->pOptCant != NULL)
- fputs( zTabHypAnd, option_usage_fp );
- }
-
- /*
- * CONFLICTS:
- */
- if (pOD->pOptCant != NULL) {
- const int* pOptNo = pOD->pOptCant;
-
- fputs( zProhib, option_usage_fp );
- for (;;) {
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zTabout, pOptions->pOptDesc[
- *pOptNo ].pz_Name );
- if (*++pOptNo == NO_EQUIVALENT)
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * IF there is a disablement string
- * THEN print the disablement info
- */
- if (pOD->pz_DisableName != NULL )
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zDis, pOD->pz_DisableName );
-
- /*
- * IF the numeric option has a special callback,
- * THEN call it, requesting the range or other special info
- */
- if ( (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC)
- && (pOD->pOptProc != NULL)
- && (pOD->pOptProc != optionNumericVal) ) {
- (*(pOD->pOptProc))( pOptions, NULL );
- }
-
- /*
- * IF the option defaults to being enabled,
- * THEN print that out
- */
- if (pOD->fOptState & OPTST_INITENABLED)
- fputs( zEnab, option_usage_fp );
-
- /*
- * IF the option is in an equivalence class
- * AND not the designated lead
- * THEN print equivalence and leave it at that.
- */
- if ( (pOD->optEquivIndex != NO_EQUIVALENT)
- && (pOD->optEquivIndex != pOD->optActualIndex ) ) {
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zAlt,
- pOptions->pOptDesc[ pOD->optEquivIndex ].pz_Name );
- return;
- }
-
- /*
- * IF this particular option can NOT be preset
- * AND some form of presetting IS allowed,
- * THEN advise that this option may not be preset.
- */
- if ( ((pOD->fOptState & OPTST_NO_INIT) != 0)
- && ( (pOptions->papzHomeList != NULL)
- || (pOptions->pzPROGNAME != NULL)
- ) )
-
- fputs( zNoPreset, option_usage_fp );
-
- /*
- * Print the appearance requirements.
- */
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP)
- fputs( zMembers, option_usage_fp );
-
- else switch (pOD->optMinCt) {
- case 1:
- case 0:
- switch (pOD->optMaxCt) {
- case 0: fputs( zPreset, option_usage_fp ); break;
- case NOLIMIT: fputs( zNoLim, option_usage_fp ); break;
- case 1: break;
- /*
- * IF the max is more than one but limited, print "UP TO" message
- */
- default: fprintf( option_usage_fp, zUpTo, pOD->optMaxCt ); break;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- /*
- * More than one is required. Print the range.
- */
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zMust, pOD->optMinCt, pOD->optMaxCt );
- }
-
- if ( NAMED_OPTS( pOptions )
- && (pOptions->specOptIdx.default_opt == pOD->optIndex))
- fputs( zDefaultOpt, option_usage_fp );
-}
-
-
-static void
-printBareUsage(
- tOptions* pOptions,
- tOptDesc* pOD,
- arg_types_t* pAT )
-{
- /*
- * Flag prefix: IF no flags at all, then omit it. If not printable
- * (not allowed for this option), then blank, else print it.
- * Follow it with a comma if we are doing GNU usage and long
- * opts are to be printed too.
- */
- if ((pOptions->fOptSet & OPTPROC_SHORTOPT) == 0)
- fputs( pAT->pzSpc, option_usage_fp );
- else if (! isgraph( pOD->optValue)) {
- if ( (pOptions->fOptSet & (OPTPROC_GNUUSAGE|OPTPROC_LONGOPT))
- == (OPTPROC_GNUUSAGE|OPTPROC_LONGOPT))
- fputc( ' ', option_usage_fp );
- fputs( pAT->pzNoF, option_usage_fp );
- } else {
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, " -%c", pOD->optValue );
- if ( (pOptions->fOptSet & (OPTPROC_GNUUSAGE|OPTPROC_LONGOPT))
- == (OPTPROC_GNUUSAGE|OPTPROC_LONGOPT))
- fputs( ", ", option_usage_fp );
- }
-
- {
- char z[ 80 ];
- tCC* pzArgType;
- /*
- * Determine the argument type string first on its usage, then,
- * when the option argument is required, base the type string on the
- * argument type.
- */
- if (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState) == OPARG_TYPE_NONE) {
- pzArgType = pAT->pzNo;
-
- } else if (pOD->fOptState & OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL) {
- pzArgType = pAT->pzOpt;
-
- } else switch (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState)) {
- case OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION: pzArgType = pAT->pzKey; break;
- case OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP: pzArgType = pAT->pzKeyL; break;
- case OPARG_TYPE_BOOLEAN: pzArgType = pAT->pzBool; break;
- case OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC: pzArgType = pAT->pzNum; break;
- case OPARG_TYPE_HIERARCHY: pzArgType = pAT->pzNest; break;
- case OPARG_TYPE_STRING: pzArgType = pAT->pzStr; break;
- default: goto bogus_desc; break;
- }
-
- snprintf( z, sizeof(z), pAT->pzOptFmt, pzArgType, pOD->pz_Name,
- (pOD->optMinCt != 0) ? pAT->pzReq : pAT->pzOpt );
-
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zOptFmtLine, z, pOD->pzText );
-
- switch (OPTST_GET_ARGTYPE(pOD->fOptState)) {
- case OPARG_TYPE_ENUMERATION:
- case OPARG_TYPE_MEMBERSHIP:
- displayEnum |= (pOD->pOptProc != NULL) ? AG_TRUE : AG_FALSE;
- }
- }
- return;
-
- bogus_desc:
- fprintf( stderr, zInvalOptDesc, pOD->pz_Name );
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
-}
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * OPTION LINE FORMATTING SETUP
- *
- * The "OptFmt" formats receive three arguments:
- * 1. the type of the option's argument
- * 2. the long name of the option
- * 3. "YES" or "no ", depending on whether or not the option must appear
- * on the command line.
- * These formats are used immediately after the option flag (if used) has
- * been printed.
- */
-static void
-setStdOptFmts( tOptions* pOpts, tCC** ppT )
-{
- int flen = 0;
-
- argTypes.pzStr = zStdStrArg;
- argTypes.pzReq = zStdReqArg;
- argTypes.pzNum = zStdNumArg;
- argTypes.pzKey = zStdKeyArg;
- argTypes.pzKeyL = zStdKeyLArg;
- argTypes.pzBool = zStdBoolArg;
- argTypes.pzNest = zStdNestArg;
- argTypes.pzOpt = zStdOptArg;
- argTypes.pzNo = zStdNoArg;
- argTypes.pzBrk = zStdBreak;
- argTypes.pzNoF = zFiveSpaces;
- argTypes.pzSpc = zTwoSpaces;
-
- switch (pOpts->fOptSet & (OPTPROC_NO_REQ_OPT | OPTPROC_SHORTOPT)) {
- case (OPTPROC_NO_REQ_OPT | OPTPROC_SHORTOPT):
- *ppT = zNoRq_ShrtTtl;
- argTypes.pzOptFmt = zNrmOptFmt;
- flen = 19;
- break;
-
- case OPTPROC_NO_REQ_OPT:
- *ppT = zNoRq_NoShrtTtl;
- argTypes.pzOptFmt = zNrmOptFmt;
- flen = 19;
- break;
-
- case OPTPROC_SHORTOPT:
- *ppT = zReq_ShrtTtl;
- argTypes.pzOptFmt = zReqOptFmt;
- flen = 24;
- break;
-
- case 0:
- *ppT = zReq_NoShrtTtl;
- argTypes.pzOptFmt = zReqOptFmt;
- flen = 24;
- }
-
- sprintf( zOptFmtLine, zFmtFmt, flen );
-}
-
-static void
-setGnuOptFmts( tOptions* pOpts, tCC** ppT )
-{
- int flen = 22;
- *ppT = zNoRq_ShrtTtl;
-
- argTypes.pzStr = zGnuStrArg;
- argTypes.pzReq = zOneSpace;
- argTypes.pzNum = zGnuNumArg;
- argTypes.pzKey = zGnuKeyArg;
- argTypes.pzKeyL = zGnuKeyLArg;
- argTypes.pzBool = zGnuBoolArg;
- argTypes.pzNest = zGnuNestArg;
- argTypes.pzOpt = zGnuOptArg;
- argTypes.pzNo = zOneSpace;
- argTypes.pzBrk = zGnuBreak;
- argTypes.pzNoF = zSixSpaces;
- argTypes.pzSpc = zThreeSpaces;
-
- switch (pOpts->fOptSet & OPTPROC_L_N_S) {
- case OPTPROC_L_N_S: argTypes.pzOptFmt = zGnuOptFmt; break;
- case OPTPROC_LONGOPT: argTypes.pzOptFmt = zGnuOptFmt; break;
- case 0: argTypes.pzOptFmt = zGnuOptFmt + 2; break;
- case OPTPROC_SHORTOPT:
- argTypes.pzOptFmt = zShrtGnuOptFmt;
- zGnuStrArg[0] = zGnuNumArg[0] = zGnuKeyArg[0] = zGnuBoolArg[0] = ' ';
- argTypes.pzOpt = " [arg]";
- flen = 8;
- break;
- }
-
- sprintf( zOptFmtLine, zFmtFmt, flen );
-}
-
-/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- *
- * Figure out where all the initialization files might live.
- * This requires translating some environment variables and
- * testing to see if a name is a directory or a file. It's
- * squishy, but important to tell users how to find these files.
- */
-static void
-printInitList(
- tCC** papz,
- ag_bool* pInitIntro,
- tCC* pzRc,
- tCC* pzPN )
-{
- char zPath[ MAXPATHLEN+1 ];
-
- if (papz == NULL)
- return;
-
- fputs( zPresetIntro, option_usage_fp );
- *pInitIntro = AG_FALSE;
-
- for (;;) {
- const char* pzPath = *(papz++);
-
- if (pzPath == NULL)
- break;
-
- if (optionMakePath( zPath, sizeof( zPath ), pzPath, pzPN ))
- pzPath = zPath;
-
- /*
- * Print the name of the "homerc" file. If the "rcfile" name is
- * not empty, we may or may not print that, too...
- */
- fprintf( option_usage_fp, zPathFmt, pzPath );
- if (*pzRc != NUL) {
- struct stat sb;
-
- /*
- * IF the "homerc" file is a directory,
- * then append the "rcfile" name.
- */
- if ( (stat( pzPath, &sb ) == 0)
- && S_ISDIR( sb.st_mode ) ) {
- fputc( '/', option_usage_fp );
- fputs( pzRc, option_usage_fp );
- }
- }
-
- fputc( '\n', option_usage_fp );
- }
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/usage.c */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/* $Id: version.c,v 4.2 2005/01/09 00:25:06 bkorb Exp $
- * Time-stamp: "2005-02-14 08:19:54 bkorb"
- *
- * This module implements the default usage procedure for
- * Automated Options. It may be overridden, of course.
- */
-
-static const char zAOV[] =
- "Automated Options version %s, copyright (c) 1999-2005 Bruce Korb\n";
-
-/* Automated Options is free software.
- * You may redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
- * GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * Automated Options is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with Automated Options. See the file "COPYING". If not,
- * write to: The Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
- * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- * As a special exception, Bruce Korb gives permission for additional
- * uses of the text contained in his release of AutoOpts.
- *
- * The exception is that, if you link the AutoOpts library with other
- * files to produce an executable, this does not by itself cause the
- * resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- * Your use of that executable is in no way restricted on account of
- * linking the AutoOpts library code into it.
- *
- * This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
- * the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License.
- *
- * This exception applies only to the code released by Bruce Korb under
- * the name AutoOpts. If you copy code from other sources under the
- * General Public License into a copy of AutoOpts, as the General Public
- * License permits, the exception does not apply to the code that you add
- * in this way. To avoid misleading anyone as to the status of such
- * modified files, you must delete this exception notice from them.
- *
- * If you write modifications of your own for AutoOpts, it is your choice
- * whether to permit this exception to apply to your modifications.
- * If you do not wish that, delete this exception notice.
- */
-
-/* = = = START-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-/* static forward declarations maintained by :mkfwd */
-static void
-printVersion( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOD, FILE* fp );
-/* = = = END-STATIC-FORWARD = = = */
-
-/*=export_func optionVersion
- *
- * what: return the compiled AutoOpts version number
- * ret_type: const char*
- * ret_desc: the version string in constant memory
- * doc:
- * Returns the full version string compiled into the library.
- * The returned string cannot be modified.
-=*/
-const char*
-optionVersion( void )
-{
- static const char zVersion[] =
- STR( AO_CURRENT.AO_REVISION );
-
- return zVersion;
-}
-
-
-static void
-printVersion( tOptions* pOpts, tOptDesc* pOD, FILE* fp )
-{
- char swCh;
-
- if (pOD->pzLastArg == NULL)
- swCh = 'v';
- else swCh = pOD->pzLastArg[0];
-
- if (pOpts->pzFullVersion != NULL)
- fputs( pOpts->pzFullVersion, fp );
- else fputs( pOpts->pzProgName, fp );
- fputc( '\n', fp );
-
- switch (swCh) {
- case NUL:
- case 'v':
- case 'V':
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- case 'C':
- if (pOpts->pzCopyright != NULL) {
- fputs( pOpts->pzCopyright, fp );
- fputc( '\n', fp );
- }
- fprintf( fp, zAOV, optionVersion() );
- if (pOpts->pzBugAddr != NULL)
- fprintf( fp, zPlsSendBugs, pOpts->pzBugAddr );
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- case 'N':
- if (pOpts->pzCopyright != NULL) {
- fputs( pOpts->pzCopyright, fp );
- fputc( '\n', fp );
- fputc( '\n', fp );
- }
-
- if (pOpts->pzCopyNotice != NULL) {
- fputs( pOpts->pzCopyNotice, fp );
- fputc( '\n', fp );
- }
-
- fprintf( fp, zAOV, optionVersion() );
- if (pOpts->pzBugAddr != NULL)
- fprintf( fp, zPlsSendBugs, pOpts->pzBugAddr );
- break;
-
- default:
- fprintf( stderr, zBadVerArg, swCh );
- exit( EXIT_FAILURE );
- }
-
- exit( EXIT_SUCCESS );
-}
-
-/*=export_func optionPrintVersion
- * private:
- *
- * what: Print the program version
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + the descriptor for this arg +
- *
- * doc:
- * This routine will print the version to stdout.
-=*/
-void
-optionPrintVersion( pOpts, pOD )
- tOptions* pOpts;
- tOptDesc* pOD;
-{
- printVersion( pOpts, pOD, stdout );
-}
-
-/*=export_func optionVersionStderr
- * private:
- *
- * what: Print the program version to stderr
- * arg: + tOptions* + pOpts + program options descriptor +
- * arg: + tOptDesc* + pOptDesc + the descriptor for this arg +
- *
- * doc:
- * This routine will print the version to stderr.
-=*/
-void
-optionVersionStderr( pOpts, pOD )
- tOptions* pOpts;
- tOptDesc* pOD;
-{
- printVersion( pOpts, pOD, stderr );
-}
-
-/*
- * Local Variables:
- * mode: C
- * c-file-style: "stroustrup"
- * tab-width: 4
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * End:
- * end of autoopts/version.c */
BUILT_SOURCES= ntp-keygen-opts.c ntp-keygen-opts.h ntp-keygen.1 \
ntp-keygen-opts.texi ntp-keygen-opts.menu
man_MANS= ntp-keygen.1
+run_ag= cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L $(top_srcdir)/include
$(srcdir)/ntp-keygen-opts.h: ntp-keygen-opts.c
$(srcdir)/ntp-keygen-opts.c: ntp-keygen-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen ntp-keygen-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) ntp-keygen-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntp-keygen.1: ntp-keygen-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -Tagman1.tpl -bntp-keygen ntp-keygen-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Tagman1.tpl -bntp-keygen ntp-keygen-opts.def
$(srcdir)/ntp-keygen-opts.texi $(srcdir)/ntp-keygen-opts.menu: ntp-keygen-opts.def
- cd $(srcdir) && autogen -L ${prefix}/share/autogen \
- -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntp-keygen-opts.def
+ $(run_ag) -Taginfo.tpl -DLEVEL=section ntp-keygen-opts.def
jitter_SOURCES= jitter.c jitter.h
environrc;
test-main;
-/*
-#include $top_srcdir/version.def
-*/
-
config-header = "config.h";
+include = '#include <stdlib.h>';
+#include version.def
flag = {
name = certificate;
_EndOfDoc_;
};
-flag = {
- name = debug-level;
- value = d;
- max = NOLIMIT;
- nopreset;
- descrip = "Increase output debug message level";
- doc = <<- _EndOfDoc_
- Increase the debugging message output level. Can be supplied multiple times.
- _EndOfDoc_;
-};
-
-flag = {
- name = set-debug-level;
- value = D;
- max = NOLIMIT;
- descrip = "Set the output debug message level";
- arg-type = string;
- flag-code = 'DESC(DEBUG_LEVEL).optOccCt = atoi( pOptDesc->pzLastArg );';
- doc = <<- _EndOfDoc_
- Set the output debugging level. Can be supplied multiple times,
- but each overrides the previous value(s).
- _EndOfDoc_;
-};
+#include debug-opt.def
flag = {
name = id-key;
)
{
struct timeval tv; /* initialization vector */
+ int md5key = 0; /* generate MD5 keys */
#ifdef OPENSSL
X509 *cert = NULL; /* X509 certificate */
EVP_PKEY *pkey_host = NULL; /* host key */
EVP_PKEY *pkey_iff = NULL; /* IFF parameters */
EVP_PKEY *pkey_gq = NULL; /* GQ parameters */
EVP_PKEY *pkey_mv = NULL; /* MV parameters */
-#endif
- int md5key = 0; /* generate MD5 keys */
-#ifdef OPENSSL
int hostkey = 0; /* generate RSA keys */
int iffkey = 0; /* generate IFF parameters */
int gqpar = 0; /* generate GQ parameters */
char *grpkey = NULL; /* identity extension */
int nid; /* X509 digest/signature scheme */
FILE *fstr = NULL; /* file handle */
- int iffsw = 0; /* IFF key switch */
+#define iffsw HAVE_OPT(ID_KEY)
#endif /* OPENSSL */
char hostbuf[MAXHOSTNAME + 1];
u_int temp;
debug = DESC(DEBUG_LEVEL).optOccCt;
-#ifdef OPENSSL
- if (HAVE_OPT( ID_KEY ))
- iffsw++;
-#endif
-
#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( GQ_PARAMS ))
gqpar++;
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( GQ_KEYS ))
gqkey++;
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( HOST_KEY ))
hostkey++;
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( IFFKEY ))
iffkey++;
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( ISSUER_NAME ))
trustname = OPT_ARG( ISSUER_NAME );
#endif
#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( MODULUS ))
modulus = DESC(MODULUS).optOccCt;
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( PVT_CERT ))
exten = EXT_KEY_PRIVATE;
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( PVT_PASSWD ))
passwd2 = OPT_ARG( PVT_PASSWD );
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( GET_PVT_PASSWD ))
passwd1 = OPT_ARG( GET_PVT_PASSWD );
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( SIGN_KEY ))
sign = OPT_ARG( SIGN_KEY );
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( SUBJECT_NAME ))
hostname = OPT_ARG( SUBJECT_NAME );
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( TRUSTED_CERT ))
exten = EXT_KEY_TRUST;
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( MV_PARAMS )) {
mvpar++;
nkeys = DESC(MV_PARAMS).optOccCt;
}
-#endif
-#ifdef OPENSSL
if (HAVE_OPT( MV_KEYS )) {
mvkey++;
nkeys = DESC(MV_KEYS).optOccCt;
* If there is no new host key, look for an existing one. If not
* found, create it.
*/
- while (pkey_host == NULL && rval == 0 && !iffsw) {
+ while (pkey_host == NULL && rval == 0 && !HAVE_OPT(ID_KEY)) {
sprintf(filename, "ntpkey_host_%s", hostname);
if ((fstr = fopen(filename, "r")) != NULL) {
pkey_host = PEM_read_PrivateKey(fstr, NULL,
* found, use the host key instead.
*/
pkey = pkey_sign;
- while (pkey_sign == NULL && rval == 0 && !iffsw) {
+ while (pkey_sign == NULL && rval == 0 && !HAVE_OPT(ID_KEY)) {
sprintf(filename, "ntpkey_sign_%s", hostname);
if ((fstr = fopen(filename, "r")) != NULL) {
pkey_sign = PEM_read_PrivateKey(fstr, NULL,
/*
* If there is no new GQ file, look for an existing one.
*/
- if (pkey_gq == NULL && rval == 0 && !iffsw) {
+ if (pkey_gq == NULL && rval == 0 && !HAVE_OPT(ID_KEY)) {
sprintf(filename, "ntpkey_gq_%s", hostname);
if ((fstr = fopen(filename, "r")) != NULL) {
pkey_gq = PEM_read_PrivateKey(fstr, NULL, NULL,
/*
* Generate a X509v3 certificate.
*/
- while (scheme == NULL && rval == 0 && !iffsw) {
+ while (scheme == NULL && rval == 0 && !HAVE_OPT(ID_KEY)) {
sprintf(filename, "ntpkey_cert_%s", hostname);
if ((fstr = fopen(filename, "r")) != NULL) {
cert = PEM_read_X509(fstr, NULL, NULL, NULL);
}
scheme = "RSA-MD5";
}
- if (pkey != NULL && rval == 0 && !iffsw) {
+ if (pkey != NULL && rval == 0 && !HAVE_OPT(ID_KEY)) {
ectx = EVP_get_digestbyname(scheme);
if (ectx == NULL) {
fprintf(stderr,
* Write the IFF client parameters and keys as a DSA private key
* encoded in PEM. Note the private key is obscured.
*/
- if (pkey_iff != NULL && rval == 0 && iffsw) {
+ if (pkey_iff != NULL && rval == 0 && HAVE_OPT(ID_KEY)) {
DSA *dsa;
char *sptr;
char *tld;
projects / thirdparty / ntp.git / commitdiff
